TWI613131B - refrigerator - Google Patents

Abstract

A refrigerator includes a cabinet including an outer profile of a top wall, a back wall, a side wall, and a bottom wall formed by an outer box and an inner box, and a storage room having an opening in front is formed inside the outer frame; A vacuum insulation material is provided between the outer box and the inner box forming the back wall, the side wall, the top wall, or the bottom wall constituting the storage room; a foamed heat insulation material is filled in the Between the vacuum insulation material and the inner box; wherein the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum insulation material is 20 MPa or more, the thickness of the foamed insulation material is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed insulation material / (the The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less.

Description

refrigerator

The present invention relates to a heat-insulating box machine provided with a vacuum heat-insulating material, and more particularly to a refrigerator.

In recent years, based on the viewpoints of global environmental protection and the safety of nuclear power plants, various approaches have been proposed to save resources and energy, especially power.

Based on the viewpoints of energy saving and power saving, it has been proposed that a heat insulation box with an outer contour formed by an outer box and an inner box is provided with a vacuum insulation material in addition to a rigid polyurethane foam. For example, there has been proposed a heat-insulating box composed of a rigid polyurethane foam and a vacuum insulation material, and defining a coverage ratio of the vacuum insulation material to the surface area of the outer box (see Patent Document 1). ).

In addition, in a device having a heat-insulating box such as a refrigerator, it is necessary to reduce the wall thickness of the box in order to increase the inner volume. Therefore, a vacuum heat-insulating material provided between the outer box and the inner box has been proposed. A device for directly attaching a vacuum heat insulating material to an outer box and an inner box without permeating a polyurethane heat insulating material at a portion provided with a vacuum heat insulating material (see Patent Document 2).

In addition, in a refrigerator, a rail member supporting a drawer-type box is fixed to an inner box by screws or the like (see Patent Document 3).

In the refrigerator, the rail structure is fixed to the drawer type storage with screws or the like. The drawer door of the room (see Patent Document 4).

Advance technical literature Patent literature

Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 3478810

Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 07-120138

Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-177654

Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-228948

Compared with the conventional thermal insulation performance of rigid polyurethane foam, the vacuum insulation material has, for example, 6 times or more the thermal insulation performance. Therefore, from the viewpoint of energy saving, in the space formed between the outer box and the inner box, in addition to the rigid polyurethane foam, a vacuum insulation material is also provided. Therefore, as the demand for energy saving has increased in recent years, the amount of vacuum insulation materials disposed in the heat insulation box, such as the heat insulation box described in Patent Document 1, has also increased.

On the other hand, in recent years, from the viewpoint of saving volume or increasing the internal volume, it is required to reduce the space formed between the outer box and the inner box in the heat-insulating box, that is, the heat-insulating box. Body wall thickness. However, the conventional heat insulation box is based on the technical idea that the rigid polyurethane foam mainly bears the heat insulation function, and the vacuum heat insulation material assists the heat insulation function of the rigid polyurethane foam. To make. Therefore, in the past, a rigid polyurethane foam was used to fill the space between the inner box and the outer box with a predetermined density to obtain the strength of the box, and the thickness of the polyurethane was reduced. Reduce both When the wall thickness is small, the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced and the density of the polyurethane is increased to reduce the heat insulation performance. Therefore, it is difficult to satisfy the heat insulation performance and to obtain the necessary box strength.

That is, conventional heat insulation boxes or refrigerators have vacuum insulation In the equipment of the material, the rigid polyurethane foam is used to ensure the heat insulation performance of the wall and the box and the strength of the box or wall. If the wall thickness of the insulated box is to be reduced, the rigid polyamino group is reduced. The thickness of the formate foam will cause insufficient thermal insulation performance or insufficient strength of the thermal insulation box, which will cause a problem that it is difficult to reduce the wall thickness.

Therefore, in the heat insulation box described in Patent Document 1, the amount of use of the vacuum insulation material (coverage) is increased, and the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam is increased (hard polyurethane The rigidity of the ester foam plastic), so in terms of the strength of the thermal insulation box, the wall thickness can be reduced to some extent. However, the heat-insulating box described in Patent Document 1 is based on the fact that the rigid polyurethane foam is mainly responsible for the heat insulation function, and the vacuum insulation material is used to assist the heat insulation function of the rigid polyurethane foam. It is made by the technical idea of a device which is mainly composed of rigid polyurethane foam, and then a vacuum insulation material is used to assist the thermal insulation function of rigid polyurethane foam. The rigid polyurethane foam ensures the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box and the strength of the wall surface. However, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced, its density and flexural modulus are increased, and its heat insulation performance is deteriorated. Therefore, in order to prevent the low thermal insulation performance of the rigid polyurethane foam, the flexural modulus and the density of the rigid polyurethane foam are set below a predetermined value (the flexural modulus is below 10 MPa and the density is 60 kg) / m ³ or less). If the bending elastic modulus and density exceed a predetermined value, although the strength of the cabinet can be satisfied, the heat insulation performance will be deteriorated, making it difficult to use. Therefore, in order to ensure the strength and heat insulation performance of the box or the wall at the same time as the heat-insulating box described in Patent Document 1, it is necessary to ensure that the thickness of the polyurethane is at least a certain degree, and therefore it is necessary to adjust the The thickness of the polyurethane flow path where the polyurethane is located is greater than or equal to a predetermined thickness so that the density of the polyurethane after foaming is below a predetermined value (density is below 60 kg / m ³ ), This causes a problem that it is difficult to reduce the wall thickness.

In addition, Patent Document 2 has a strong thermal insulation box having a vacuum insulation material. The countermeasure is to use vacuum forming, pressure forming, etc. to form a plastic material or the like into a desired shape on the outer cover of a vacuum insulation material, and fill it with a granular core material. Insulation material, inner box, outer box. However, the inner box and the outer box are made into convex and concave shapes which are almost the same as the concave-convex shape of the outer cover of the vacuum insulation material, so that the inner box and the outer box have strength, and the shapes of the outer box, the inner box, and the outer box become complicated. As a result, the cost increases and the assemblability deteriorates. In addition, the vacuum insulation material and the outer cover material must be formed into a concave-convex shape for ensuring the strength, and the core material enclosed in the outer cover material must also follow the concave-convex shape of the outer cover material. Therefore, it is necessary to use a fluid granular material. Compared to fiber-based heartwood such as glass fiber, this kind of material is more expensive, and the heat insulation performance may be worse. In addition, the back surface of the room (a storage space such as a storage box in a heat-insulating box) has a concave-convex shape, and its shape is complicated, which makes its design poor.

Therefore, in the past insulated boxes or machines (especially refrigerators) It is difficult to ensure the predetermined thermal insulation performance and the predetermined box strength The thickness of a heat insulating wall or a heat insulating material including a vacuum heat insulating material is difficult to further expand the internal volume of a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a machine, or the like, or to reduce the size of the outer dimensions.

Further, in the refrigerators described in Patent Literature 3 and Patent Literature 4, The rail structure or the door frame supporting the box of the drawer-type storage room is fixed to the insulation wall by screws (inner box, or a polyurethane insulation material between the inner box and the outer box, or installed therein). Reinforcing material between the box and the outer box). However, when the vacuum heat insulating material is provided between the inner box and the outer box, when the thickness of the heat insulating material between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box is thin, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is uneven. The fixing screws of the rail structure or the door frame can damage the outer covering material of the vacuum insulation material, resulting in low insulation performance and reliability of the vacuum insulation material.

In addition, in order not to damage the vacuum insulation material, it is considered to shorten the screw The length of the screw portion, but if the strength of the polyurethane insulation material (for example, density, flexural modulus, etc.) filled between the vacuum insulation material and the inner box is low, the holding strength of the screw is also low. In addition, the strength of the thermal insulation wall formed integrally with the polyurethane is also weak, so it may cause the deformation of the thermal insulation wall or the box, or the looseness of the screws, and reduce the reliability. Therefore, the threaded portion cannot be made. The length is shorter than the set length. Therefore, other structural materials (such as rail structures for supporting boxes or door frame, etc.) which are generally supported by weight, are mounted on a heat insulation wall having a vacuum insulation material. Materials, or a cooler that generates cold air to cool the storage room, or a fan that blows cold air to the storage room, which is affected by vibration during operation, etc.), the installation site must be available. The wall thickness of the mounting strength, and the length of the threaded portion of the fixing member such as the screw is difficult to be determined based on the relationship of the mounting strength of the screw. The predetermined length (for example, 15 mm) or less makes it difficult to reduce the wall thickness and increase the inner volume.

The present invention is to solve the above problems, and its main purpose The purpose is to improve the heat insulation performance and strength of the heat insulation box of the refrigerator better than in the past. Furthermore, the purpose is to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, a hot-water storage device, and a device having a high-temperature portion or a low-temperature portion, which can reduce the thickness of a heat-insulating wall or a heat-insulating material.

In addition, the purpose is to obtain heat insulation boxes, refrigerators, Insulation boxes, refrigerators, and hot water storage units with larger internal volume than in the past (enlargement of the volume of the room), or smaller external dimensions of insulated boxes, refrigerators, and machines (smaller dimensions) Devices, machines, etc.

In addition, the purpose is to obtain thermal insulation boxes, refrigerators, machines, etc. Insulation can be achieved even when other structural materials (such as weight-supporting structures or vibration-affected structures) held by a screw or a fitting structure are mounted on a thermal insulation wall with a vacuum insulation material. Thinning of walls or insulation. In addition, the purpose is to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, a machine, and the like with high reliability and a large internal volume.

In addition, the purpose is to improve the designability of an interior (for example, a storage room in which storage items are stored) while reducing the wall thickness.

In addition, the purpose is to obtain small heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, machines, and the like. When heat sources such as hot water storage devices are insulated, the thickness of the heat-insulating wall is reduced to make the shape of a barrel or a square barrel The size (for example, outer diameter, width, depth, height, etc.) of a heat-insulating box such as a box having a front opening is reduced.

A refrigerator includes a box body provided with an outer box and an inner box. The outer contour of the top wall, the back wall, the side walls, and the bottom wall formed by the box is formed inside the outer storage chamber with an opening in the front; a vacuum insulation material is provided on the back surface forming the storage chamber. Wall, the side wall, the top wall, or the bottom wall between the outer box and the inner box; a foamed heat insulating material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box; wherein the vacuum insulation The bending elastic modulus of the hot material is 20 MPa or more, and the thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material is 11 mm or less. The thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material / (the thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material + the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material) It is 0.3 or less.

Furthermore, a refrigerator includes a cabinet including an outer contour of a top wall, a back wall, a side wall, and a bottom wall formed by an outer box and an inner box, and an opening is formed on a front side of the outer wall. In the box, in the central portion in the width direction of the back wall forming the storage room, a recess is formed to span the up and down direction of the back wall; a flat vacuum insulation material is arranged in the recess. The width between the inner box and the outer box at the facing portion is greater than the width of the recess at least in the width direction; a foamed heat insulating material is filled in the inner box and the portion facing the recess. Between the vacuum insulation materials; wherein the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum insulation material is more than 20 MPa, and the thickness of the foamed insulation material facing the recess is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed insulation material / (Thickness of the foamed heat insulation material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulation material) is 0.3 or less.

In addition, a refrigerator includes a cabinet including an outer contour of a top wall, a back wall, a side wall, and a bottom wall formed by an outer box and an inner box, and an inner side of the outer wall is formed with an opening in front. A storage chamber; a cooler for cooling the storage chamber; a control substrate for controlling the cooler, wherein the control substrate is disposed in a control substrate chamber formed on the top wall or the back wall; a vacuum insulation material, which is provided with the Between the control board room and the inner box; a foamed heat-insulating material filled between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner box; wherein the thickness of the foamed heat-insulating material facing the control board room The thickness is 11 mm or less, and the thickness / (thickness of the foamed heat insulation material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulation material) is 0.3 or less.

With the above configuration, the refrigerator of the present invention can improve the strength of the wall of the cabinet better than in the past, and can reduce the wall thickness. In addition, since the wall thickness of the cabinet can be reduced, the volume of the storage space or the storage room can be increased without increasing the external dimensions of the cabinet.

1‧‧‧ refrigerator

1A‧‧‧machine room

2‧‧‧ freezer

2X‧‧‧Slightly closed container

2Y‧‧‧Slightly closed container

3‧‧‧ ice making room

4‧‧‧ Switch Room

5‧‧‧ Vegetable Room

6‧‧‧ freezer

7‧‧‧Refrigerator door

7A‧‧‧Freezer door left

7B‧‧‧ Refrigerator door right

8‧‧‧ Ice door door

9‧‧‧ switch room door

10‧‧‧Vegetable Room Door

11‧‧‧Freezer door

12‧‧‧compressor

13‧‧‧ cooler

14‧‧‧Air-conditioning circulation fan

15‧‧‧ switch room damper

16‧‧‧ Switching room air-conditioning air path

17‧‧‧ air-conditioning air duct for switching room

18‧‧‧ cold air duct for freezer

19‧‧‧ Switching room temperature measuring resistor

21‧‧‧Storage storage space

22‧‧‧ Thermopile

24‧‧‧ dividing wall

30‧‧‧Control device

30a‧‧‧Microcomputer

31‧‧‧Control Board Room

33‧‧‧ gap

34‧‧‧ Sheet Metal Covering Department

50‧‧‧air-conditioned air path

51‧‧‧ dividing wall

55‧‧‧Refrigerator door

60‧‧‧operation panel

60a‧‧‧ compartment selection switch

60b‧‧‧Temperature band switch

60c‧‧‧Momentary Freeze Switch

60d‧‧‧ Ice Making Switch

60e‧‧‧Water Mist Spray Switch

80‧‧‧shelf

131‧‧‧ cooler room

150‧‧‧ Defrost heater

151‧‧‧Heating plate

152‧‧‧Water receiving container

154‧‧‧Defrost water receiving department

155‧‧‧ Defrost water outlet

200‧‧‧Water mist device

315‧‧‧space (space inside the wall)

400‧‧‧Vacuum insulation material

410‧‧‧Refrigerator to return to the air path

420‧‧‧Freezer returns to the wind path

430‧‧‧Vegetable room to return to the wind path

440‧‧‧ Recess

441‧‧‧2nd recess

450‧‧‧ convex

451‧‧‧ front side end face of convex part

456‧‧‧ hypotenuse

520‧‧‧box

525‧‧‧box step difference

700‧‧‧ Insulated Box

701‧‧‧Insulation

703, 704‧‧‧ Filling port (filling port)

710‧‧‧Outer box

717‧‧‧Inner box recess

718‧‧‧ on the concave section

719‧‧‧ recessed section (rail structure mounting section)

720‧‧‧tube

725‧‧‧Refrigerant piping

727‧‧‧Inner box protrusion

728‧‧‧ on the convex section

729‧‧‧ under the convex section

730‧‧‧back wall

731‧‧‧ Reinforcing material

732‧‧‧ Reinforced Structural Material Extension Section

733‧‧‧ Reinforced structural members extended

734‧‧‧ Reinforcement Structural Material Department

735‧‧‧Fixed structural material

740‧‧‧top wall

750‧‧‧inner box

755‧‧‧Track section (track installation section)

757‧‧‧End of rail section (rail structure mounting section)

760‧‧‧air-conditioned air path

761‧‧‧front

762‧‧‧The first air path component

763‧‧‧ protruding part (extended part)

764‧‧‧Second air path component

765‧‧‧Wind Road Back Components

766‧‧‧Side components of wind road

767‧‧‧Side

768‧‧‧Air-conditioning supply port (air-conditioning blowing outlet)

769‧‧‧ front side face

770‧‧‧Depression

775‧‧‧step difference

776‧‧‧step difference

780‧‧‧ bottom wall

790‧‧‧ side wall

791, 792‧‧‧ storage room wall

797‧‧‧ sidewall side end

798‧‧‧ rear wall side end

810‧‧‧rail structure

811‧‧‧ on track

812‧‧‧ lower track

813‧‧‧Middle track

815‧‧‧bearing

820‧‧‧Track support

830‧‧‧Box support

835‧‧‧Box support fixed structure

836‧‧‧Fixed material for track support

900‧‧‧Storage room lighting

910‧‧‧ Fixing protrusion

Fig. 1 is a front view of a refrigerator according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 2 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing a control device for a refrigerator according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 4 shows a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 9 is a front view of the refrigerator when the front door of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention is removed.

Fig. 10 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 11 is a front sectional view of a heat-insulating box according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 12 is a rear view of the heat-insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing a heat-insulating box according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

Fig. 14 is a perspective view showing a heat-insulating box according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

Fig. 15 is a graph showing the relationship between the density and thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam of the heat-insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 16 is a graph showing the density and flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam of the heat-insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 17 is a graph showing the relationship between the flow path thickness of the polyurethane foam and the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane foam when the rigid polyurethane foam is filled in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 18 is a graph showing the relationship between the thickness of the flow path of the polyurethane foam and the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam when the rigid polyurethane foam is filled in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 19 is a graph showing the relationship between the ratio of the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam to the wall thickness and the composite thermal conductivity of the heat insulation box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 20 is a diagram showing the relationship between the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material in the space in the wall of the heat insulation box according to the first embodiment of the present invention and the amount of deformation of the heat insulation box.

Fig. 21 is a diagram showing the relationship between the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box in the surface area of the side surface and the back surface of the heat insulating box according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

Fig. 22 is a rear view of the heat-insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 23A shows the heat-insulating box of rigid polyurethane foam. A schematic view of the cross-sectional shape of the side wall.

FIG. 23B is a schematic view of another cross-sectional shape of the side wall of the heat insulation box after the rigid polyurethane foam is foamed.

Fig. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 26 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Embodiment 1

(refrigerator)

Fig. 1 is a front view of a refrigerator according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 2 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in these figures, the refrigerator 1 includes a refrigerating compartment 2 as a left-right folio (or open-close) storage compartment at the uppermost stage. An ice-making chamber 3 and a switching chamber 4 serving as a storage chamber are arranged side by side on the lower side of the refrigerator compartment 2. The lowest section of the refrigerator 1 is provided with a freezer compartment 6 serving as a storage compartment, and a vegetable compartment 5 serving as a storage compartment is provided above the freezer compartment 6. The vegetable compartment 5 is provided below the ice-making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4, and above the freezing compartment 6, which are arranged side by side.

In the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage room, there is a storage space for storing storage (food, beverages, etc.), and a plurality of resin or glass layers are provided in the storage space for storing the storage. Frame 80. Store here Below the product storage space (below the shelf in the warehouse), containers 2X and 2Y with a slightly closed structure are provided, which are used as a cooling chamber 2X as a cooling temperature zone controlled at + 3 ° C to -3 ° C, or The vegetable compartment 2Y is controlled in a vegetable compartment temperature zone maintained at + 3 ° C to + 5 ° C. The containers 2X and 2Y of this slightly closed structure can also be used as an egg compartment for storing eggs. In addition, the containers 2X and 2Y of the slightly closed structure have, for example, a drawer-type structure, and the container can be pulled out to take out and put the stored objects.

If the container is opened on the container By providing a removable lid on the mouth, a container with a slightly closed structure can be constructed, and the containers 2X and 2Y can be constructed with a slightly closed structure. The lid may be provided on the container side, or may be provided on the shelf 80 or the partition wall provided on the upper part of the container, or the shelf or partition wall on the upper part of the container may also be used as the lid.

Of course, the arrangement of each chamber does not limit this embodiment, and ice making The compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 are arranged side by side below the refrigerating compartment 2 provided on the upper stage, and below the ice making chamber 3 and the switching chamber 4 arranged side by side on the left and right, and are arranged above the vegetable compartment 5 provided in the lower stage. Freezer compartment 6, that is, an intermediate freezing type method in which the freezer compartment 6 is arranged between the vegetable compartment 5 and the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side, because the low temperature greenhouse (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4. Freezer compartment 6) Because it is close to each other, no heat insulation material is required between low-temperature rooms. In addition, there is less heat leakage, so it can provide energy-saving and low-cost refrigerators.

The front side of the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment is provided with The left and right side-by-side type refrigerator door 7 is opened and closed. The refrigerator door 7 includes two left-side refrigerator door 7A and right-side 7B refrigerator door. Of course, it can also be a one-piece revolving door instead of a left-to-right door. Door piece. The ice-making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezer compartment 6 as other storage compartments are respectively provided with drawer-type ice-making compartment doors 8 which can freely open and close the opening of the ice-making compartment 3, and Drawer-type switching room door 9 capable of freely opening and closing the opening portion of the switching room 4, drawer-type vegetable room door 10 capable of freely opening and closing the opening portion of the vegetable room 5, and the opening of the freezing compartment 6 Freezer-type freezer door 11 opened and closed freely. Here, on the drawer-type storage compartment door (the ice-making compartment door 8, the switching compartment door 9, the vegetable compartment door 10, and the freezing compartment door 11), the rail members are fixed members 735 such as screws. Alternatively, the fitting structure is fixed or maintained in the inner box 750 forming the storage compartment, and the door frame fixed or maintained on the door inner panel slides on the rail structure directly or by a roller or the like, thereby allowing the door to be placed on the door. Sheets and doors can be pulled out of the box.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 3 described later, refrigerating in a storage room In either of the refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of room 2, operation switches for setting the temperature in the storage compartment (compartment selection switch 60a, temperature zone switch 60b, instantaneous freeze switch 60c) are provided. , Ice-making switch 60d, water mist spray switch 60e) or operation panel 60 that displays temperature information such as the temperature in the storage room or the set temperature, the operation information of the operation switch or the display information of the liquid crystal display or the temperature information in the storage room, etc. It is controlled by a control device 30 constituted by a control board such as a microcomputer mounted on the upper part of the back of the refrigerator (the back of the refrigerator compartment).

The compressor 12 is arranged in a machine room 1A provided at the lowermost part of the rear surface of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigerating cycle. The compressor 12 is a component of the refrigerating cycle and is arranged in the machine room 1A. It has a function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is in a capillary tube (not shown) or The expansion valve (not shown) is depressurized. The cooler 13 is a unit arranged in the cooler chamber 131 and constituting a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler chamber 131, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the heat absorption effect during the evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14 is arranged beside the cooler 13 in the cooler room 131 and passes the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cool air duct (for example, the switch room cool air duct 16 or the refrigerating compartment cool air duct 50) ) Is blown to each of the compartments (the refrigerating compartment 2, the ice-making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6) as the storage compartment of the refrigerator 1.

Below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131, an operation is provided. A defrosting heater 150 (a defrosting glass tube heater, such as a carbon heater) for defrosting the defrosting means of the cooler 13 uses a quartz glass tube that emits a wavelength of 0.2 μm through the quartz glass tube. ~ 4 μm light carbon fiber). A heater top plate 151 is provided between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150 above the defrosting heater 150 so that the defrost water dripped from the cooler 13 does not drip directly onto the defrosting heater. 150. If a black medium heater such as a carbon heater is used for the defrosting heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer, and therefore, the surface temperature can be made low ( (Approximately 70 ° C to 80 ° C), when a flammable refrigerant (for example, a hydrocarbon refrigerant such as isobutane) is used as the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of fire can be reduced even if the refrigerant leaks out Sex. In addition, compared to a nickel-chromium alloy wire heater, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer. Therefore, the frost attached to the cooler 13 is slowly melted, and it is not easy for the frost to agglomerate. Since the entire piece is dropped, the falling sound when falling on the heater top plate 151 can be reduced, and a refrigerator with low noise and high defrosting efficiency can be provided.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be combined with the cooler 13 as Integrated combined heater. Alternatively, a glass tube heater and a combined heater may be used in combination. The defrost water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrost water falling on the heater top plate 151 is dropped in the cooler chamber and discharged to the outside of the refrigerator through a defrost water discharge port provided below the cooler chamber 131 (for example, in the Evaporation plate, etc. in machine room 1A).

Switching room damper 15 as an air volume adjustment means, Adjusting the amount of cool air of the cold air blown by the cooling air circulation fan 14 to the switching room 4 as the storage room is a device for controlling the temperature in the switching room 4 to a predetermined temperature or for switching the set temperature of the switching room 4 . The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the switching room cold air channel 16 which is a cold air channel, and sends air into the switching room 4. The switching-chamber air-conditioning air path 16 is arranged downstream of the switching-chamber damper 15.

In addition, the refrigerator compartment damper 55 as an air volume adjustment means is adjusted. The amount of cold air blown by the cold air circulation fan 14 to the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment is a device for controlling the temperature in the refrigerating compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature to change the set temperature of the refrigerating compartment 2. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the refrigerating compartment cold air duct 50 serving as the cold air duct, and is sent into the refrigerating chamber 2.

As the storage room, for example, the temperature of the switching room 4 series storage room is The compartment (storage room) of the temperature in the storage room can be selected from a plurality of stages from the freezing temperature range (-17 ° C or lower) to the vegetable compartment temperature range (3 to 10 ° C), and the refrigeration provided in the refrigerator 1 is operated by operating The operation panel 60 of any one of the left door panel 7A and the right refrigerator door panel 7B can select or switch the temperature in the storage room.

It is provided on, for example, the inside wall surface of the switching chamber 4 for detecting Switching room temperature measuring resistor for the first temperature detecting means of the air temperature in the switching room 4 (thermister) 19 (refer to FIG. 3) is provided on, for example, the top surface (central portion, front portion, or rear portion) of the switching chamber 4 as a direct detection of the one placed in the switching chamber 4 as the storage chamber. Thermopile 22 (see FIG. 3, or infrared sensor) as a second temperature detection means for the surface temperature of the stored object. The air passage that sends cold air from the cooler chamber 131 to the switching chamber 4 is provided with a switching room damper 15 as an air volume adjustment device that can control the air volume or shield the air path to prevent the inflow of cold air. The detection temperature of the switching room temperature measuring resistor 19 (or the detection temperature of the thermopile 22) causes the switching room damper 15 to open / close, thereby being controlled by the control device 30 to adjust so that the temperature of the switching room 4 becomes The selected temperature zone, or within the set temperature range. In addition, the temperature of the food as the storage in the switching chamber 4 is directly detected by the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detection means. Here, although the example in which the machine room 1A is installed in the lowermost part of the back surface of the refrigerator 1 is shown, you may provide it in the upper part of a back surface (for example, the uppermost part of a back surface).

(Water mist supply device)

A partition wall 51 (rear wall, heat-insulating wall) on the back side (rear side) of, for example, the refrigerator compartment 2 as a storage room is provided with a water mist device for supplying water mist for sterilizing or humidifying the storage room. The electrostatic water mist device 200. The electrostatic water mist device 200 is provided so that a cooling member (for example, a cooling plate) for collecting moisture in the air in the storage room by means of condensed water comes into contact with or penetrates from the refrigerating room 2 as the storage room to form the refrigerating room 2. The partition wall 51 on the back side of the heat insulation or the front wall of the cooler chamber 131 on which the cooler 13 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is arranged. The partition wall 51 may be a back wall 730, a side wall 790, a top wall 740, a bottom wall 780, and a partition wall 24 between storage rooms. The cooling structure (e.g. (Such as a cooling plate) is provided so that the cold air in the refrigerating room cold air passages 50, 760, which are the cold air passages provided on the back side or the side of the partition wall 51, or above and below, can be used, or is different from the cooling air provided in the compartment wall. The cold air in the other low-temperature storage room (such as a freezing room, an ice-making room, or a switching room, etc.) at a temperature lower than the storage room (for example, a refrigerating room or a vegetable room) is used for cooling. Although the electrostatic water mist device 200 is described here, it may be another sterilization device, sterilization device, humidification device, or the like, as long as it can perform sterilization, sterilization, or humidification in a storage room.

(display)

Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing the control device 30 of the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The control device 30 is provided with a microcomputer 30a, and performs temperature control of each storage compartment of the refrigerator 1, control of the number of revolutions of the compressor 12 or the air-conditioning circulation fan 14, switching chamber dampers 15, and a refrigerating compartment according to a program stored in advance. Opening and closing control of the damper 55, voltage application control of the water mist device (electrostatic water mist device 200), and the like. The operation panel 60 includes, for example, a switch described later.

(1) Select a compartment selection switch 60a of a storage room such as a refrigerating room, a freezing room, or a switching room; (2) Switch the temperature zone (refrigeration, freezing, cooling, soft freezing, etc.) of the storage room such as a switching room, or Temperature zone switching switch 60b for switching to rapid cooling, strong / medium / weak, etc .; (3) instantaneous freezing switch 60c (instantaneous freezing is also referred to as supercooling freezing) which is frozen and stored after being overcooled in the storage room; To make ice, choose transparent ice, normal, rapid, stop, etc. ice making switch 60d; (5) A water mist spray switch 60e (electrostatic spray selection) that applies electricity to the electrostatic water mist device 200 to supply water mist (static spray) in the storage room; (6) a network connected to the network by wire or wireless Connection switch (not shown in the figure); (7) View the information of the server connected to the refrigerator, such as a cloud server or mobile terminal, by wire or wirelessly, or the content of instructions sent from the server or mobile terminal, or send it to Reading switch (not shown) for sending information of the server or mobile terminal; (8) Charging switch (not shown) for charging the mobile phone, mobile terminal or computer.

Here, the temperature detection sensor which detects the temperature in a storage room (for example, the switching room 4) is demonstrated. In this embodiment, a switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 as a first temperature detection means and a thermopile 22 as a second temperature detection means are provided as a detection storage room (for example, switching Temperature detection sensor for temperature in chamber 4). The detection temperature of the switching room temperature measuring resistor 19 as the first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature in the storage room (for example, the switching room 4) is input to the microcomputer 30a constituting the control device 30, and the microcomputer 30a ( For example, the temperature judgment means in the microcomputer 30a is compared with a predetermined value to perform temperature judgment, and control is performed so that the temperature falls within a predetermined temperature range. In addition, the detection signal of the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detection means for directly detecting the surface temperature of foods and the like in the storage room (for example, the switching room 4) is input to the microcomputer 30a, and the microcomputer 30a (for example, the microcomputer 30a) (Calculation means), after performing calculation processing to convert to the surface temperature of food, etc., a predetermined temperature control such as rapid freezing control or supercooling freezing control is performed. The control device 30 Various controls such as temperature control in each storage compartment (refrigerator compartment 2, ice-making compartment 3, switching compartment 4, vegetable compartment 5, freezing compartment 6) or power-on control of the electrostatic water mist device 200 are performed, and the refrigerator compartment door is left 7A And the refrigerating compartment door piece 7B right operation panel 60 (display panel) or server or mobile terminal to display the set temperature of each storage room or food (surface) temperature or an electrostatic water mist device installed in each storage room 200 operation status and so on.

(Box structure of refrigerator)

Fig. 4 shows a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The figure is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In Fig. 4, parts corresponding to those in Figs. 1 to 3 are denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof are omitted.

In FIG. 4, the heat-insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 includes an outer box 710 and an inner box 750. Between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1, and is directly attached to the outer case 710 through a second adhesive as a second intermediary structural material such as hot melt or double-sided tape. In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to a part of the inner box 750 (for example, a slightly central portion in the left-right direction of the wall surface forming the back surface of the inner box 750) with an adhesive, and a substantially central portion of the back surface of the inner box 750. The left and right end portions (corner portions) near the other side walls 790 are formed with convex portions 450 protruding further to the front side than the rear wall 730. The convex portions 450 are arranged so that the vacuum insulation material 400 and the convex portions 450 have a predetermined length. They overlap each other, but the convex portion 450 may have a portion filled with polyurethane without the vacuum heat insulating material 400 being disposed. In addition, an adhesive as a first intermediary material is filled between the inner case 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 (for example, a self-adhesive foam insulation material such as rigid polyurethane can be used), and the vacuum insulation is used. The hot material 400 passes through an adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane) as a first intermediary material Etc.) is provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is fixedly adhered or fixed to the inner case 750 or the outer case 710 by the first intermediary structure material and the second intermediary structure material.

Here, when the rear shape of the inner box 750 is viewed from the front side (storage room side) of the refrigerator 1, a recessed groove-shaped recess 440 (also referred to as a first recess) is formed in a substantially central portion penetrating the upper and lower sides, In the recessed portion 440 formed at the slightly central portion, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 through an adhesive. In addition, when viewed from the front side (storage room side) of the refrigerator 1, the shape of the back surface of the inner box 750 is such that the end portion side in the width direction (left-right direction) is formed to open more toward the front than the slightly central portion in the width direction (left-right direction). The convex shape protruding from the part side (storage room side). In other words, the shape of the back surface of the inner box 750 is such that a substantially central portion in the left-right direction has a groove-shaped recessed portion 440 that is recessed toward the outer box side (rear side of the refrigerator) than the left and right end portions. The recessed portion 440 is provided in the storage room. The vertical direction of the refrigerator in the side (for example, the refrigerator compartment 2).

That is, a concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the back wall 730, and a plate-like shape is provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the back wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the back wall 730. Vacuum insulation material 400. Although not shown here, a plate-shaped vacuum insulation material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air duct 760 provided on the rear wall 730 or the recessed portion 440 is a first air duct module 762 which is a design covering material, and is provided on the back side (inner box 750 side) of the first air duct module 762 and has The heat-insulating second air path unit 764 is configured and provided in the recessed portion 440. The first air path module 762 or the second air path module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is installed in the The convex portion 450 or the mounting portion (engagement portion) of the back wall 730 or the mounting portion is engaged with each other by a fixing member such as a screw to be mounted on the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730.

In the convex portions 450 formed on the left and right end sides of the back surface of the storage room, the widthwise center side (the range of the overlapping length X) is such that a vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and The vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 are filled with an adhesive (a self-adhesive foamed heat insulation material 701 such as a rigid polyurethane) as a first intermediary material, and an outer case 710 and a vacuum are filled. The heat-insulating material 400 is adhered with a second adhesive as a second intermediary material. A heat insulating material 701 (for example, a rigid polyurethane) is filled between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 at the end portion in the width direction of the convex portion 450, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided. Of course, in the convex portion 450, increasing the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction, and increasing the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction increases the heat insulation performance and the strength of the box. For a high relationship, as long as the heat insulation performance and strength are above a predetermined value, a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided can be set.

Here, in the recessed portion 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly adhered to the outer case 710 through a second adhesive as a second intermediary material, and self-adhesion through a polyurethane or the like as the first intermediary material. And foaming adhesive sticks to the inner box 750. (The vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 are filled with, for example, hard polyurethane as an adhesive.)

Therefore, in a heat-insulating box or refrigerator provided with a vacuum heat-insulating material, as compared with the past (for example, Patent Document 2), in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room, a polyamino group is not provided in the arrangement portion of the vacuum heat-insulating material. Formate In the case where the vacuum insulation material 400 is provided directly in the inner case 750 for the main purpose of the heat insulation material 701, in this embodiment, the left and right end portions (the width direction end portions) are formed by polyurethane in the up and down direction. Since the convex portion 450 made of the heat insulating material 701 such as an acid ester, the torsional strength and the bending strength of the box are improved by forming the convex portion 450. In the structure disclosed in Patent Document 2, in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room, there is no portion where the convex portion 450 and the arrangement of the vacuum insulation material 400 overlap, so that when the box is twisted, the convex portion 450 and Separating the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may reduce the strength and damage the cabinet. Here, the ear portion of the vacuum insulation material (only the outer material) does not have a heat insulation function because it has no core material, and its strength is weak. Therefore, the ear portion of the vacuum insulation material is not included in the The components of the vacuum insulation material.

Here, as shown in this embodiment, in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room, if the convex portion 450 is provided at least partially overlapping the arrangement portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (if it is provided so that only the overlapping length X overlaps) ), The hard polyurethane filled in the convex portion 450 is also filled in a portion between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 at the end side of the width direction (left-right direction) of the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane filled between the vacuum insulation material 400 opposite to the convex portion 450 and the inner case 750 is larger than the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case opposite to the concave portion 440. The thickness of the rigid polyurethane between 750, so that the adhesion area of the rigid polyurethane to the vacuum insulation material 400 is increased, and the rigid polyurethane of the vacuum insulation material 400 part can be made As the thickness of the ester becomes larger, the bonding strength between the hard polyurethane in the convex portion 450 and the vacuum insulation material 400 is increased.

Therefore, between the vacuum insulation material 400 of the recess 440 and the inner box 750 Even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane is reduced, the joint strength of the convex portion 450 and the vacuum insulation material 400, and the convex portion 450 and the side wall 790 (or the surrounding wall provided with the convex portion 450) can be greatly improved, and Significantly improve the strength of the cabinet. In addition, since the thickness of the rigid polyurethane can be increased in the convex portion 450, even if there is a portion where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not provided, the heat insulation performance can be improved.

In addition, in this embodiment, it is not necessary to form the vacuum heat insulating material, the inner box, and the outer box into a complicated shape in order to ensure the strength of the box, as in the conventional patent document 2. In addition, inexpensive and heat-insulating performance can be used. Good organic fiber or inorganic fiber heartwood (cotton-like hearth or non-woven heartwood, etc.) is used as the hearth of vacuum insulation material, so it can obtain low-cost, simple structure and high heat insulation box, refrigerator, display cabinet, Hot water storage devices and machines with vacuum insulation.

Therefore, the storage compartment door (for example, the refrigerating compartment door 7) provided in front of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) will not be distorted because, for example, the back surface of the cabinet will not be deformed to form unevenness in the storage room, or the storage compartment will be deformed. Or, for example, when one of the left and right door pieces (7A, 7B) is skewed and the position is shifted when the door leaves are left and right, the storage room door pieces can be opened and closed smoothly, and because left and right do not occur The position of the door of the storage room is shifted, so its appearance (design) is good. In addition, there is no opening or closing door or drawer type box installed on the inner wall or left and right side walls of the storage room (such as the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, the vegetable room 5, the freezing room 6, etc.) due to the deformation of the cabinet. The installation height of the rail structure differs from side to side or inclines, so that the box can be moved in and out smoothly, and refrigerators and machines with high reliability and ease of use can be obtained.

In addition, when the vacuum insulation material 400 is a flat plate, When the air insulation material 400 is mounted on the rear surface of the refrigerator 1, it is easy to bend and twist in the left-right direction (width direction) or front-back direction. In this regard, when the device is mounted on a refrigerator or the like, In the left and right end portions, convex portions 450 are provided in which heat insulating materials such as polyurethane are provided in the up-down direction, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is integrated with the polyurethane filled in the convex portions 450. Then, the inner box 750, the vacuum insulation material 400, and the outer box 710 are adhered together by the convex portion 450, so the bending strength (especially the bending strength in the forward and backward directions) or the torsional strength of the box 700 can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the leakage of the cold air due to the bending deformation of the opening of the storage room opened at the front, the positional deviation of the sealing structure of the opening, and the like, and it is possible to obtain a highly reliable, high-performance, and energy-saving heat-insulating box. , Refrigerators, and machines with vacuum insulation.

In addition, between the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400, there are: Where foam insulation materials such as polyurethane are used for heat insulation purposes (projection 450), adhesives not used for heat insulation purposes (e.g. Adhesion is the main purpose, so as long as it has self-adhesion, it can also be a polyurethane (recessed part 440). Therefore, there is a part (recessed part 440) with an adhesive as the main purpose. It is not necessary to have a predetermined thickness as a heat-insulating material for obtaining heat-insulating properties at a place where a heat-insulating material such as polyurethane is used for the main purpose of heat insulation, so long as it has a predetermined adhesive strength. The thickness of the adhesive used in the part (for example, the recessed part 440) used for the purpose of adhesion may be relatively small. Therefore, when a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the heat insulation is mainly used. For the purpose of use, the thickness of the polyurethane can be significantly reduced. Therefore, the wall thickness can be reduced by the difference in the thickness of the adhesive. Therefore, the content of the storage room can be changed. Large, easy-to-use refrigerators and machines.

Here, as a drive for housing control wiring, compressors, fans, etc. The tube 720 of a lead storage structure of a lead such as a power line is provided in a vertical direction embedded in a heat insulating material 701 such as a polyurethane forming the convex portion 450. In the pipe 720, control wiring for performing opening and closing control of various dampers, operation control of the compressor 12 or the fan 14 for cooling air circulation, and the like, and power for supplying the compressor 12 or the fan 14 for cooling air circulation are stored. Power lines and other wires. Lead wires such as control wiring and power lines are connected to the compressor 12 arranged in the machine room 1A provided in the lower part (or upper part) of the refrigerator 1 through the pipe 720, or a control device provided on the back, bottom, or top of the refrigerator 1. (Control board, etc.) 30, or a cooling air circulation fan 14 provided in a cooler room 131, etc., or a switching room damper 15, a refrigerator compartment damper 55, or a cooling compartment damper 55 provided in a cold air duct, or provided to cover a storage room such as a refrigerator The operation panel 60 and the like on the front door (for example, the refrigerator door 7) of the room 2).

The left and right sides of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back of the refrigerator 1 The width is smaller than that between the storage room walls 791 and 792 of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1 so that it does not block the left and right end portions of the back surface of the refrigerator 1. A plurality of insulation materials such as polyurethane are provided. Filling ports 703 and 704 without blocking the filling flow path of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled through the filling ports 703 and 704.

Here, the left and right sides of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back of the refrigerator 1 The width in the direction is equal to or smaller than the width (distance) between the walls of the storage room (between the storage room wall 791 and the storage room wall 792) of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, so that the heat insulation of polyurethane or the like is not blocked. Material filling port or filling flow path, so It is good to fill the polyurethane heat insulation material without interruption because it does not reduce the heat insulation performance, etc. However, if the vacuum heat insulation material 400 is arranged to be provided on the left and right end portions of the back side of the refrigerator 1, If the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane are arranged at the same position or are closer to the center side (inside direction) than the filling ports 703 and 704, the filling ports 703 and 703 of the polyurethane heat insulating material are 704 is not blocked by the vacuum insulation material 400, so it does not prevent the insulation material such as polyurethane filled through the filling ports 703, 704 from being inside the side wall 790, the convex portion 450, or the vacuum insulation. The flow (filling) between the hot material 400 and the inner case 750 does not cause polyurethane filling failure or the like, and does not reduce heat insulation performance.

Here, the vacuum insulation material 400 is wider than the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1 When protruding toward the outside and blocking at least part of the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane heat insulating material, the polymer filled with the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane is filled. The urethane may be blocked by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the side wall 790, the convex portion 450, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and may occur on the side wall. Insufficient filling of polyurethane or the like causes a decrease in heat insulation performance.

Therefore, the vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed on the left side (a Side) of the filling port 703 and the filling port 704 on the right (the other side), and it is not filled with a heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided on the left and right ends of the back side of the refrigerator 1 The ports 703 and 704 also protrude to the outside, so that a heat-insulating material such as polyurethane filled with the filling ports 703 and 704 is not prevented from being filled into the heat-insulating box (the inner box 750 and the outer box 710). Between the inside of the side wall 790, the inside of the convex portion 450, the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer case 710, etc.). high Performance insulated box or refrigerator.

Here, when the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is protruded to the outside than the filling ports 703 and 704 of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided on the left and right ends of the back side of the refrigerator 1 (vacuum heat insulation) The positions of the widthwise ends of the material 400 are arranged at the positions of the filling ports 703 and 704 such as polyurethane provided on the left and right ends of the back side of the refrigerator 1), and the filling ports 703 and 704 have It may be blocked by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided with a notch 33 such as a notch or an opening in a portion facing the filling openings 703 and 704 so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not blocked. At least part of the filling ports 703, 704. In this way, the width of the vacuum insulation material 400 can be increased, and the heat insulation performance can be improved.

In this embodiment, between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 (or between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400) forming the convex portion, a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane or the like is disposed. Materials (heat-insulating materials other than polyurethane) to increase the strength of the heat-insulating box 700. However, if it is desired to further increase the strength of the heat-insulating box 700, the convex portion 450 ( (For example, between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750, near the widthwise end of the vacuum insulation material 400, etc.), or near the protrusion 450, for example, outside the protrusion 450 (for example, the inside of the inner box 750 or the inner box 750) It is also possible to provide a reinforcing member.

The reinforcing member is, for example, a member having a low thermal conductivity (for example, a resin member made of resin, etc.), which has a small influence on the decrease in heat insulation performance, but as long as the periphery of the reinforcing member is covered with a heat insulating material, Even a structural member made of metal (for example, made of aluminum or aluminum alloy) can suppress a reduction in heat insulation performance, and the shape may be a rod shape (round rod or angle rod) or a tube shape. Alternatively, you can The configuration in which the ribs are provided in the inner box 750 may be any device that can increase the box strength such as the torsional strength or the bending strength of the heat-insulating box 700. Here, a tube 720 or a refrigerant pipe 725 containing a lead wire such as a control wiring or a power line can also be used as a reinforcing member. If the tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 is also used as a reinforcing member, no other member for reinforcing is required, and thus The cost is low, and the strength of the heat-insulating box can be improved because the heat-insulating box is reinforced. In addition, the reinforcing member can be disposed in the space of the convex portion 450 or between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, because the user does not directly see the reinforcing member, thereby improving the design. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine with low cost, high reliability, and excellent design.

(Using the recess as the air-conditioning air path (1))

The recessed portion 440, which is a portion to which the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are directly attached by an adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foamed heat insulating material), is opposed to the surrounding wall provided and formed around the recessed portion 440. (For example, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, or the partition wall 24) is recessed at the convex portion 450 of the corner portion. Therefore, the recessed portion can also be used as the cold air path 760. (Here, for example, when the storage room is the refrigerating room 2, the cold air path 760 corresponds to the refrigerating room cold air path 50, and when the storage room is the switching room 4, the cold air path 760 corresponds to the switching room cold air.) Road 16, when the storage room is the vegetable room 5, the air-conditioning air path 760 is equivalent to the vegetable room air-conditioning air path.)

When the recessed portion 440 is used as the air-conditioning air path 760, the opening portion of the second air path unit 764 having a U-shaped (or recessed) opening portion is arranged to open on the storage room side, and the first portion to be covered by the air path will be The first air passage module 762 is arranged to cover the U-shaped opening of the second air passage module 764, and the first air passage module is used. 762 closes the opening of the second air path unit 764, thereby forming a cold air path 760 in a slightly closed space. Both the first air passage module 762 and the second air passage module 764 are made of a heat-insulating structural material such as styrene or resin. However, the second air passage module 764 disposed in the recess 440 is formed on the back surface. The air passage back unit 765 on the side and the air passage side unit 766 on the side are configured.

The module on the back side of the second air path module 764 (air path back group The inner case 750 forming the recessed portion 440 is arranged on the back side of the element 765). The vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 are provided by an adhesive, and an inner box is provided on the side of the side of the second air path module 764 (air path side module 766). The convex portion 450 formed at 750 is provided with a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane in the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the air path back surface module 765 and the air path side surface module 766 constituting the second air path module 764 do not have heat insulation properties, heat insulation performance can be ensured. That is, the back side of the cold air duct 760 is ensured by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 arranged in the back wall 730, and the side of the cold air duct 760 is insulated by the heat insulating material 701 in the convex portion 450. Thermal performance. Therefore, the air path back module 765 and the air path side module 766 constituting the second air path module 764 may be thermal insulation materials such as expanded styrene, but even resin or metal materials that do not have thermal insulation performance. Such materials can also ensure the heat insulation performance of the cold air duct 760. Therefore, the material constituting the second air passage module 764 may be a heat-insulating material such as expanded styrene having heat-insulating properties, and a resin or metal material having no heat-insulating properties can be suppressed. Dew and the like adhere to the components forming the cold air path 760 or dew adherence due to the generation of dew.

The first air path module 762 is made of, for example, expanded styrene. A heat-insulating structural material with heat-insulating properties or a resin etc. It prevents the dew from adhering if it is not attached or generated. In the figure, the first air passage module 762 is provided with a protruding portion (extended portion) 763 having a width larger than the width of the concave portion 440 in the left-right direction or the width of the U-shaped opening portion of the second air passage module 764 in the left-right direction. The protruding portion (extended portion) 763 blocks the opening portion or the recessed portion 440 of the second air path module 764 in a slightly closed state to form a cold air path 760, and the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 can be used to The first air passage unit 762 is detachably fixed to the convex portion 450 or the second air passage unit 764. Here, the first air path module 762 can block the opening of the second air path module 764 to ensure a cold air path. Therefore, as long as the opening of the second air path module is blocked, the recess 440 is not necessary. Both are blocked, but if the recessed portion 440 is blocked, the installability of the first air path module 762 can be improved, and the designability can also be improved.

Here, the air-conditioning air passage components (for example, the first air passage component 762 or the second air passage component 764) forming the air-conditioning air passage 760 may also be used as a reinforcing member for increasing the strength of the cabinet. In the case where the strength of the cabinet or the rigidity of the cabinet (such as torsional strength or bending strength) is considered to be weak, as long as the first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 is used as a reinforcing member to increase the strength of the box (box Body rigidity). When the first air path module 762 or the second air path module 764 is made of resin, it is sufficient if it has a predetermined thickness capable of obtaining the strength of the cabinet. However, if the thickness is to be reduced, heat conduction may be used instead of the resin. Made of a metal with a small rate (for example, a metal with a lower thermal conductivity than copper or aluminum and good heat insulation). In addition, ribs or the like may be provided on the first air path unit 762 or the second air path unit 764 in the width direction or the up-down direction to increase the torsional strength or the bending strength. When the strength or rigidity of the heat insulation box 700 is not a problem, the second air passage module 764 may be omitted, and the recessed portion 440 may be directly used as the back wall of the cold air passage 760, The side wall is provided with the first air path unit 762 so as to cover the opening of the recessed portion 440.

When the recessed portion 440 is directly used as the back wall and side wall of the air-conditioning air passage 760, the second air passage unit 764 is not required. Therefore, the heat-insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 having a simple structure and low cost can be obtained. In this case, the first air passage module 762 may be provided to cover the recessed portion 440, and the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 may be detachably fixed to the convex portion 450. The protruding portion (extended portion) 763 is directly fixed to the convex portion 450 to increase the strength of the box. By using the first air path unit 762 as a covering portion that covers the recessed portion 440, the recessed portion 440 can be used as the cold air path 760. Here, the thickness of the first air passage module 762 can be increased, or ribs can be provided to increase its rigidity and used as a reinforcing member to increase the strength of the heat insulation box.

In the cold air duct 760, one or a plurality of cold air supply ports (cool air blow outlets) 768 for supplying cold air to a storage room (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5) are provided. The first air path unit 762 or the second air path unit 764 is provided with one or a plurality of cold air supply ports (cold air outlets) 768, and is arranged so that the storage room can be efficiently cooled. The cold air supply port 768 may be provided as a side blowout port that blows out to the side in the storage room, or a forward blowout port that blows out forward, or a side forward oblique blowout port that blows out in a lateral and forward oblique direction, or Upper front oblique blow-out outlets blowing upwards and forward obliquely, or lower front oblique blow-out outlets blowing downwardly and forward obliquely, or on sideways blowing out obliquely sideways and upwards An oblique blow-out port, or a side-down oblique blow-out port that blows out in a sideways and downward oblique direction.

In this embodiment, an example in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back wall 730 of the heat insulation box 700 or the back of the refrigerator 1 will be described. It is arranged on the side wall 790 or the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780 of the heat insulation box 700 or the side surface or the top surface or the bottom surface of the refrigerator 1. In addition, a vacuum insulation material 400 may be provided on a storage door (for example, a refrigerator door 7 or a freezer door 11) that covers the front opening of the storage room. In this case, heat insulation can be further improved. performance.

In Fig. 4, in the air-conditioning air path 760, A side surface of the first air path unit 762 of the surface covering portion) is provided with a cold air supply port (cold air outlet) 768. The cold air supply port 768 is a protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air path module 762 provided on the front end surface 451 of the convex portion 450. Here, when a cold air supply port (cooled air outlet) 768 is provided in the air passage side unit 766 of the second air passage unit 764, the cold air passage 760 faces the refrigerator 1 more than the end face 451 on the front side of the convex portion 450. The protruding portion on the front side is the size of the opening of the cold air supply port (cold air outlet) 768. Therefore, the front side end surface 769 of the convex portion 450 is opposite to the front side end surface 769 of the first air path module 762 as the covering member. It is recessed inward (rear). This recessed portion recessed inward (the space between the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 and the side wall 790) 770 can be effectively used as a storage space.

In this embodiment, the first air path unit 762 serving as a covering portion The front-side end surface 769 is provided so as to protrude toward the storage compartment side than the front-side end surface 451 of the convex portion 450, so that a difference in height occurs (stepped portion 775). The stepped portion 775 can be used to set a cold air supply port (cooled air outlet) 768. In addition, by providing the stepped portion 775, the side of the stepped portion 775 (side of the cold air supply port 768) and the side wall 790 can be provided. The space 770 is provided with a storage space for storing foods and the like. Therefore, by providing the extension section 763 in the first air path unit 762, The step portion 775 can be formed. By providing a cold air supply port (cold air outlet) 768 in the step portion 775, food or the like can be stored or stored in a storage space of a space 770 beside the step portion 775. The storage is effectively cooled.

(Using the recess as the air-conditioning air path (2))

In the example described above, the recessed portion 440 is used as the cold air passage 760, and the cold air supply port (cooled air outlet) 768 is provided in the step portion 775. However, the step can be made as small as possible to increase the volume in the storage room.

Figure 5 shows a cross section of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The plan view is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In Fig. 5, parts corresponding to those in Figs. 1 to 4 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

In FIG. 5, as in FIG. 4, the recessed portion 440 is used as the cold air path 760.

That is, a concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the back wall 730, and a plate-like shape is provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the back wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the back wall 730. Vacuum insulation material 400. Although not shown here, a plate-shaped vacuum insulation material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air duct 760 provided on the rear wall 730 or the recessed portion 440 is a first air duct module 762 which is a design covering material, and is provided on the back side (inner box 750 side) of the first air duct module 762 and has The heat-insulating second air path unit 764 is configured and provided in the recessed portion 440. The first air path module 762 or the second air path module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in the mounting portion (engagement portion) provided in the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730 or by screws. Isomorphism The mounting members are engaged with each other to mount the covering member 760 on the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730.

The air-conditioning air path 760 is formed by a cover portion serving as a covering portion of the storage room side opening portion of the second air path unit 764 or the storage room side opening portion of the concave portion 440 provided to cover at least a part or all of the storage portion 440. The first air path module 762 and the recessed portion 440 or the second air path module 764 are configured, and the first air path module 762 is held or fixed to the end surface 451 on the front side of the convex portion 450 or the air path side surface of the second air path module 764. Component 766. In this embodiment, since the step portion 775 formed by the extending portion 763 of the first air passage unit 762 is small, it is difficult to make the step difference on the side formed by the extending portion 763 of the first air passage unit 762. Since the cold air supply port 768 is provided in the portion 775, the cold air supply port (cold air outlet) 768 can be provided only on the front side of the first air path unit 762. However, since the thickness of the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air path unit 762 can be reduced, the size of the stepped portion 775 can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to make the depth direction of the storage room longer, and the amount of the lengthening becomes smaller by the stepped portion 775, so that the storage volume in the storage room can be increased.

Here, the shape of the first air path unit 762 as the covering portion may be a plate shape as shown in Figs. 4 and 5, but may be a curved surface shape (for example, an arc shape or an arch shape) protruding toward the storage room side. . The first air path unit 762 is curved, so that the opening direction of the cooling air supply port 768 can be directed not only toward the front of the storage room, but also can be set to face the oblique direction by being arranged on the curved portion, thereby increasing the position of the cooling air supply port 768. The degree of freedom, therefore, can cool the entire storage room.

After the second air path module 764 is fixed or held in the recessed portion 440, the first air path module 762 is fixed or held in the end surface 451 or the second side of the front side of the convex portion 450. The air path module 764 may be used, but the second air path module 764 may be fixed or held in advance to the first air path module 762 to be integrated, and the first air path module 762 and the second air path module may be integrated. The assembly of 764 is housed or arranged in the recessed portion 440, and the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air path module 762 is fixed or held to the protruding portion 450 (for example, the front end surface 451). In this way, the convex portion 450 installed in the storage chamber can be installed in a state where the second air path unit 764 is fixed or held on the first air path unit 762 to form the cold air path 760, and therefore, it is easy to assemble and disassemble. (The air-conditioning air path 760 assembly can be constituted by the second air path module 764 and the first air path module 762). Therefore, the air-conditioning air path 760 assembly can be easily installed in the storage room in a removable manner. (E.g., convex portion 450).

In addition, there is a main purpose between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the vacuum insulation material 400. The recessed portion 440 of the adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material) that is the first intermediary structural material that is adhered serves as the first intermediary structural material between the inner box 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. The thickness of the adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foamed heat-insulating material) is small. Therefore, it is assumed that the cold air duct 760 (the first air duct component or the second air duct component 764 or the first air duct component and the first 2 Assembly of air path module) When installed in the recessed portion 440, the vacuum insulation material 400 may be damaged due to the screws for fixing, but in this embodiment, the cold air path 760 is installed in The convex portion 450 eliminates the need to install the cold air duct 760 in the concave portion 440 or the inner box 750 opposite to the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, the outer material of the vacuum insulation material 400 is not damaged, and reliability can be obtained. High insulation boxes, refrigerators, and machines with reduced or deteriorated insulation performance.

Here, the air-conditioning air path 760 is that if the first air path module 762 is installed If the convex portion 450 covers the concave portion 440, the second air path unit 764 is not provided. Since the cold air path 760 can also be formed, a highly reliable heat-insulating box or refrigerator with a small number of components and low-cost assembly can be obtained.

(Using the recess as the air-conditioning air path (3))

FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut at a surface perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In Fig. 6, parts corresponding to those in Figs. 1 to 5 are denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof are omitted.

In FIG. 6, a concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 and the back wall 730 of the convex portion 450, between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the back wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the back wall 730. A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. The cold air duct 760 provided on the rear wall 730 or the recessed portion 440 is a first air duct module 762 which is a design covering material, and is provided on the back side (inner box 750 side) of the first air duct module 762 and has The heat-insulating second air path unit 764 is configured and provided in the recessed portion 440. The first air path module 762 or the second air path module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), which is fitted into the mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the back wall or fixed by a screw or the like. The attachment portions are engaged with each other to attach the covering member 760 to the back wall 730. In the figure, a space 770 is provided between a side portion (side surface) 766 of the cold air path 760 and a side portion (side) 452 of the convex portion 450. This space 770 can be used as a storage space, and therefore, a storage room ( For example, the storage volume of the storage items in the refrigerator compartment 2) becomes large.

In Fig. 6, a second air path unit constituting the air-conditioning air path 760 764, the cross-sectional shape with respect to the flow direction of the cold air (for example, the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1) is a U-shape with an opening portion, and the U-shaped opening portion is connected to the storage room of the refrigerator 1 (a recess 440 disposed on the back of the storage room) ) Is set to face the rear surface of the refrigerator 1. In a state where the first air passage module 762 is pressed, the first air passage module 762 is fixed or held on the convex portion 450 so that the U-shaped opening of the second air passage module 764 and the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 are formed. By this contact, the second air path unit 764 and the inner box 750 form a cold air path 760. Here, when the first air passage module 762 is made of a structural material having heat insulation function (for example, styrene or porous material), the second air passage module 764 is not necessary, so the first air passage can be formed by the first air passage. The module 762 and the inner box constitute an air-conditioning air path 760, resulting in a low-cost refrigerator and machine. Here, the second air path unit 764 has a U-shaped cross section in the cross section with respect to the flow direction of the cold air, but may not be U-shaped, as long as it can constitute a cold air path, the cross section of the second air path module 764 with respect to the flow direction of the cold air The shape may be an angular shape or an elliptical shape, and a cold air path may be formed in the inside. The cross-sectional shape of the internal cold air duct may also be angular or elliptical. If the air-conditioning air path is circular or oval, the flow path resistance is small and the efficiency is good. In addition, if the ellipse is narrower than the circular shape in the width direction, the length in the depth direction can be shortened, so the amount of airflow into the storage room can be reduced. The amount of protrusion can increase the storage volume.

Here, the first air path module 762 or the second air path module 764 may be used. The inner box 750 forming the recessed portion 440 is directly fixed or held to form the cold air passage 760. However, as shown in FIG. 4, a protruding portion (extended portion) 763 may be provided in the first air passage unit 762. By extending this protruding portion 763 to be longer than that shown in FIG. 4, the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 can be fixed to the protruding portion 450 across the space 770. In this case, according to the fixed protrusion (extended portion) 763 Since the protruding portion 763 may reduce the storage capacity of the space 770, if the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 is extended (made to cross) to the top wall 740 or bottom surface provided above and below the air-conditioning duct 760, The wall 780 or the partition wall 24 between the storage rooms or the shelf 80 is fixed or fixed to the convex portion 450, which can reduce the storage volume. ) 763 and cannot be accommodated).

Here, the components (the first air passage module or the second air passage module, etc.) forming the cold air duct 760 may be directly fixed or held near the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 provided above and below the cold air duct 760. Or the vicinity or side wall 790 of the partition wall 24 separating the storage rooms. (For example, when the protruding portion 763 is provided at a slightly central position in the vertical direction of the space 770 or a position lower than the slightly central portion, when the storage item having a high height is stored in the space 770, the storage item may abut the protruding portion. 763, it cannot be stored, so if it is located near the top wall 740 (or near the bottom wall 780 or near the partition wall 24 between the storage rooms), it is not easy to interfere, even if the storage is stored It can increase the storage volume without causing obstacles to the space 770.)

In addition, the first air path unit 762, which is a covering part covering at least a part of the back surface of the storage room, may include an air path forming at least a part of the cold air path 760 or covering at least a part of the cold air path 760. A cover portion; a back cover portion extending from the air passage cover portion in a width direction (left-right direction or side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440; and a back cover portion or a back cover portion A side covering portion formed integrally and covering at least a part of the side wall 790. Further, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in an inner box 750 forming a back wall 730 or a concave portion 440 or a convex portion 450 to perform installation. Alternatively, the side covering portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 for installation. In this way, the first air path unit 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a part of the back wall 730, the side wall 790, or the convex portion 450, thereby improving designability and assemblability.

In addition, the first air path unit 762, which is a covering part covering at least a part of the back surface of the storage room, may include an air path forming at least a part of the cold air path 760 or covering at least a part of the cold air path 760. A cover portion; a back cover portion extending from the air passage cover portion in a width direction (left-right direction or side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440; and a connection to the air passage cover portion or a wind passage cover The upper and lower wall covering portions are integrally formed and cover at least a part of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) provided on the back wall 730 in the vertical direction. Further, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 for installation. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall covering portions are fixed or held in an inner box 750 forming a partition wall 24 (including a top wall 740 or a bottom wall 780) provided in the up-down direction of the back wall 730 for installation. In this way, the first air path unit 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a part of the back wall 730, the partition wall 24, the top wall 740, or the bottom wall 780, thereby improving designability and assemblability.

One or a plurality of air conditioners 760 or components forming the air conditioner 760 (the first air path component or the second air path component) are provided on the side or front of the air conditioner 760 to connect the cooler 13 The cold air generated in the process and flowing into the cold air duct 760 is supplied to the cold air supply port 768 in the storage room (for example, the refrigerating room 2 or the vegetable room 5 or the freezing room 6). The cold air supply port 768 is arranged so as to be efficient. A place where food or the like stored in the storage room is cooled down. side The vertical position of the cold air supply port and the front cold air supply port can be at the same height position. However, if the height position is staggered, the cooling position can be performed from different heights, so that food can be efficiently removed. Cool the contents or storage. In addition, the height positions of the cold air supply ports 768 provided on the left and right side surfaces (the right side and the left side) may be the same height. However, if the height positions are staggered, cooling can be performed from different height positions. It is possible to efficiently cool the storage or storage of food or the like.

In addition, the width dimension of the vacuum insulation material 400, The installation position of the refrigerator is the same as that of FIG. 4 or 5. That is, the width in the left-right direction of the vacuum insulation material 400 provided on the back wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 is, for example, smaller than the width between the walls 791 and 792 of the storage room of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1 so as not to block Filling channels of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled in the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane heat insulating material provided on the back side of the refrigerator 1.

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed so as not to be inferior to that provided in the refrigerator 1. The filling openings 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane on the left and right end portions of the back surface may be protruded to the outside, for example, the positions where the openings of the filling openings 703 and 704 do not block or do not interfere Or it is prevented that a heat-insulating material such as polyurethane, which flows into the heat-insulating box (for example, the side wall 790) through the openings of the filling ports 703 and 704, flows into the side wall 790 or the back wall 730. For example, it can be arranged closer to the widthwise center (inside) than the left and right filling ports (left filling port 703 and right filling port 704), or the positions in the vertical direction do not overlap the filling ports 703 and 704, Thereby, the polyurethane filled in the heat insulation box (the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, for example, in the side wall 790 or the back wall 730, etc.) by the filling ports 703, 704 will not be hindered or hindered. Fill with insulation materials such as esters Inside the heat-insulating box (space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710), therefore, there will be no insufficient filling or insufficient density of the heat-insulating material, and a high-performance heat-insulating box that does not reduce the insulation performance can be obtained Body or refrigerator.

Here, as the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 penetrate, they adhere to each other. The recess 440 of the direct-adhesion portion directly adhered by the main purpose adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foamed heat-insulating material) has a reinforcement with a reinforcing material filled with, for example, a rigid polyurethane. The structural intermediary portion (for example, the convex portion 450) protrudes the step portion 776 corresponding to the height of the convex portion 450. The concave portion 440 is recessed in the depth direction (rear side) with respect to the convex portion 450. Conversely, the convex portion 450 serving as the intermediary portion of the reinforcing structure protrudes toward the front side in the depth direction with respect to the concave portion 440 serving as the direct adhesion portion, and the protrusion amount thereof corresponds to the step portion 776. In addition, the recessed portion 440 which is a direct adhesion portion where the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 are directly adhered through an adhesive such as a self-adhesive foam insulation material has a height (thickness) equivalent to the air-conditioning air path 760. The stepped portion 440 is recessed in the depth direction (rear side) with respect to the front-side end portion 769 of the cold air path 760. In contrast, the front-side end portion 769 of the cold air path 760 protrudes to the front side in the depth direction with respect to the directly adhered portion, and the protruding amount thereof is a stepped portion.

In this embodiment as described above, the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 The formed heat-insulating box, refrigerator, cold storage room or display cabinet with a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 includes: a self-adhesive foaming heat-insulating material And other adhesives directly attach the vacuum insulation material 400 provided on the back wall 730 of the room (for example, a storage room) directly to the directly adhered portion of the inner case 750 (the recessed portion 440 in the figure); Polyurethane for reinforcing part of the box between the hot material 400 and the inner box 750 The reinforcing intermediary portion (the convex portion 450 in the figure) is reinforced by a heat insulating material 751 such as this. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are directly attached with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape. The second adhesive, such as hot melt or double-sided tape, can be applied or attached in advance to the vacuum insulation material 400 side or the outer case 710 side, so the thickness of the adhesive can be reduced. In the case of uneven or uneven attachment, it is preferable to use a self-adhesive foamed heat insulating material between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750.

In addition, in this embodiment, for example, the intervening site is reinforced (for example, (For example, the convex part 450) and the directly adhering part (for example, the concave part 440) are provided in the width direction of the same height position in the storage room, and the reinforcing intermediary parts (for example, the convex part 450) are provided at the left and right ends in the width direction of the storage room. And a direct adhesion portion (for example, a recessed portion 440) provided between the left and right reinforcement intermediary portions to be sandwiched by the left and right reinforcement intermediary portions, a convex portion 450 (reinforcement intermediate portion) is formed in the left and right directions on the back of the storage room, and the convex portion Recesses 440 (direct adhesion portions) are formed between 450. Here, in terms of ensuring the strength of the cabinet and ensuring the air-conditioning air path, it is preferable that the recessed portion 440 and the protruding portion 450 are provided so as to span approximately the entire height range in the up-down direction of the storage room.

As described above, the vacuum insulation material The 400 and the outer box 710 are in direct contact or contact with each other through the second adhesive. Therefore, no heat insulating material is required between the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Compared with the case where there is a heat insulating material in the middle, storage can be increased. Indoor volume. In addition, in the directly-adhered portion (for example, the recessed portion 440), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 are brought into contact or contact with each other by an adhesive foaming adhesive. In the present embodiment, the heat insulation is maintained by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the place where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged (for example, the recessed portion 440). Performance and strength, therefore, the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 do not need to be a heat insulation material with the main purpose of heat insulation, which can make the wall Since the thickness is reduced, the volume in the storage room can be increased. Here, when the adhesive needs to have fluidity, a hard polyurethane having self-adhesiveness or the like is used, and it is caused to flow into the space 315 in a two-phase state and then foamed, so that Its adhesion is also possible.

In this embodiment, the recessed portion 440 can be used as the blow cooling Since the cold air path 760 of the cold air in the storage room can effectively utilize the recessed portion 440 on the back of the storage room that is not easily reached by the user's hand, the storage volume in the storage room can be used efficiently. In addition, if a vacuum insulation material 400 having a predetermined strength (bending strength or bending strength) is used, and the convex portion 450 is set to a predetermined width in the storage room (the degree to which torsional strength and bending strength can be ensured is better) Continuous in the vertical direction, the necessary strength of the heat insulation box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and the torsional strength or the bending strength of the front-back direction or the left-right direction can be ensured. Therefore, a highly reliable heat insulation box 700 or Refrigerator 1. In addition, if the necessary strength of the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and the torsional strength or the bending strength of the front-rear direction or the left-right direction can be ensured, the convex portion 450 may not be continuously provided in the up-down direction, but may be provided in one or more. The position may be set intermittently.

In this embodiment, since the convex part 450 comprised by the thermal insulation material 701, such as a polyurethane, arrange | positioned in the up-down direction is formed in the left-right end part side (width-direction end part side) of the back surface of a storage room, By forming this convex portion 450, the torsional strength and the bending strength of the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be improved. Therefore, deformation of the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 does not cause the storage compartment door (e.g., rotary (hinged) type cooling) provided in front of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2). The storage room door piece 7) is skewed. For example, in the case of left and right door opening pieces, one of the left and right door pieces (7A, 7B) is skewed to cause a position shift, so that the storage room door piece can be opened and closed smoothly. Since the position of the left and right storage door pieces does not shift, the appearance is good. In addition, in the case of a drawer-type door, the inner wall (left and right side walls) of the storage room (for example, the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, the vegetable room 5, and the freezing room 6) will not occur due to the deformation of the cabinet 700. ) The mounting height of the rail members for drawer boxes of 791 and 792 varies from side to side or is inclined, so the box can be smoothly put in and out.

Here, in this embodiment, the heat insulating material such as the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the polyurethane forming the convex portion 450 must have a predetermined strength. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elasticity of 20 MPa. The above materials, heat insulation materials such as polyurethane forming the protrusion 450, have a flexural modulus of 13.0 MPa or more (preferably 15 MPa or more) and a density of 60 kg / m ³ or more (preferably 62 kg / m) ³ or more). Conventionally, heat insulation materials such as polyurethane have been used to satisfy both the strength of the cabinet and the heat insulation performance. Therefore, from the viewpoint of ensuring the strength of the cabinet, it is necessary to make the flexural modulus of the polyurethane insulation material. Increase, but the characteristic of rigid polyurethane is that its density increases when the flexural modulus is increased, and the heat insulation performance decreases when the density increases. Therefore, in the case of a polyurethane, it is difficult to obtain a predetermined thermal insulation property so that the bending elastic modulus is 10 MPa or more. Therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane cannot be made thinner than about 15 mm, for example. Here, the smaller the thickness of the polyurethane, the smaller the thickness of the wall and the larger the volume in the storage chamber. However, in order to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane in order to reduce the wall thickness, the density of the polyurethane becomes larger and the flexural modulus of elasticity becomes larger. Therefore, the strength of the box can be enhanced. The thermal performance is deteriorated, and therefore it is difficult to make the thickness of the polyurethane lower than a predetermined value (for example, 15 mm).

In the present invention, a material having a bending elasticity of 20 MPa or more is used It is the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, in the portion (box or wall) where the vacuum insulation material 400 is provided, it is possible to make both the heat insulation performance and the strength of the vacuum insulation material 400, even in the outer box and the inner box. When a thermal insulation material such as polyurethane is filled in between, it is not necessary to use polyurethane as a thermal insulation material for the purpose of heat insulation at a portion where a vacuum insulation material is disposed. It is used as an adhesive. Therefore, a heat insulating material such as polyurethane can be used as an adhesive for adhering the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710. Therefore, even polyurethane It is not a problem to reduce the thickness and decrease the thermal insulation performance of polyurethane. Here, the coverage rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 (the area ratio of the vacuum insulation material 400 relative to the surface area of the cabinet 700 and the door panel) or the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 (relative to the outer box 710) The volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the inner box 750 is increased to a predetermined value or more, whereby the heat insulating box can be ensured even if there is a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided. 700 heat insulation performance and strength.

Therefore, as in this embodiment, the recess 440 and the like are in the outer box 710. If the vacuum insulation material 400 is used to obtain both the strength of the box body 700 and the heat insulation performance between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750, the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer box 710 are provided. It is possible to use rigid polyurethane as an adhesive for the main purpose between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, so that the thickness of the polyurethane can be reduced, even if the polyamino acid is not considered. It is also possible to reduce the thermal insulation performance of the formate. Therefore, the vacuum insulation The hot material 400 is in charge, so even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced and the wall thickness is reduced, the thermal insulation performance of the rigid polyurethane is not caused to cause a problem. Therefore, the wall thickness can be reduced by reducing the thickness of the polyurethane, thereby increasing the volume of the storage room. However, the thickness of the wall can be reduced by using a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape between the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. , And can increase the volume of the storage room.

Here, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam used as an adhesive used between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer case 710 or between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 is below a predetermined value. Alternatively, since the thickness is smaller than the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400, the wall thickness can be reduced, and therefore, the volume in the storage room can be increased. Here, for any one of the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, or the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, a rigid polyurethane foam whose main purpose is adhesion is used. The thickness of the plastic is lower than the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400, and the effect of reducing the wall thickness can be obtained. However, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer box 710, plus If the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 is smaller than the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400, the wall thickness can be further reduced, and the volume in the storage room can be increased.

In this embodiment, a rigid polyurethane is used as an adhesive used between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, and the polyurethane is used. The thickness should be as thin as possible, but not only between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer case 710, or between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, but without the vacuum insulation material 400, only polyamino is filled. A The same rigid polyurethane foam can be used for the acid ester portion (inside the wall). Where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not provided and only the polyurethane is filled (for example, in the wall or a part of the convex portion), the absence of the vacuum insulation material 400 can increase the thickness of the rigid polyurethane. (The increase amount is the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400). Therefore, the heat insulation thickness of the polyurethane can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to increase the thickness of the polyurethane at a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not exist to be larger than that between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The thickness of the polyurethane is even thicker. Therefore, the density of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not provided can be made lower than the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum insulation material 400 is provided. The density of the ester can increase the heat insulation performance of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not provided, and ensure a predetermined performance. In addition, since the thickness of the polyurethane can be increased at a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided, the strength of the cabinet can also be increased. Here, in this embodiment, it is possible to satisfy both the strength of the cabinet and the heat insulation performance. Therefore, the coverage ratio of the vacuum insulation material 400 (the area ratio of the vacuum insulation material 400 relative to the surface area of the cabinet 700 and the door panel 400) ) Or the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 (the volume ratio of the vacuum insulation material 400 with respect to the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750) is increased to a predetermined value or more.

In this embodiment, since the heat insulating performance and strength are maintained by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane heat insulating material and make the flexural elasticity of the polyurethane heat insulating material to be less. 13.0 MPa or more (preferably 15 MPa or more). Further, on the density of the polyurethane thermal insulation material, can be used 60kg / m ³ or more (preferably 62kg / m ³ or more) of the material, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane, it is possible to reduce the interval Wall thickness of the thermal box 700.

(Air-conditioning air path in the convex part)

The above is an example of using the recessed portion 440 (storage room side space of the inner box 750) as the cold air path 760. However, the cold air path 760 may be provided inside the convex portion 450 (the space between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710). Space), instead of the convex portion 450, an air-conditioning air path 760 may be provided separately. FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut at a surface perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. FIG. In Fig. 7, parts corresponding to those in Figs. 1 to 6 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

In FIG. 7, the side surface 452 and the back wall 730 of the convex portion 450 are shaped. The recessed portion 440 is provided with a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the back wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the back wall 730. Although not shown here, a plate-shaped vacuum insulation material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The air-conditioning air path 760 provided in the convex portion 450 is composed of a first air path module 762 which is a design covering material and a heat insulation property provided on the back side (outer box 710 side) of the first air path module 762. The second air path unit 764 is configured and provided in the convex portion 450. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted into the mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the back wall 730 or the side wall 790, or by screws or the like. The fixing member engages the mounting portions to mount the cover member 760 on the back wall 730 or the side wall 790.

Here, the cold air path 760 is formed in the convex portion 450, and one or two or a plurality of convex portions 450 are provided on the width direction end portion side of the back surface of the storage room. The air-conditioning air path 760 includes a second air path component 764 (or The second air passage module 764 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400) are formed, and the convex portion 450 is constituted by the second air passage module 764 and an inner box 750 provided to cover the storage chamber side of the second air passage module 764. That is, the cold air duct 760 exists between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The cold air duct 760 is provided with one or a plurality of cold air supply ports 768 for supplying cold air into the storage room.

Here, the cross-sectional shape of the second air path unit 764 has an opening portion. In the case of a U-shape, the opening is oriented toward the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side, and the U-shaped opening is blocked by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to form a cold air path 760. However, instead of arranging the U-shaped opening toward the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the U-shaped opening may be disposed toward the side wall 790 side or the storage room side, and the U-shaped opening may be blocked by a heat insulating material such as expanded styrene. The unit constitutes an air-conditioning air path 760. In addition, the external shape of the cross section of the second air path component 764 may be rectangular, circular (circular tube), or elliptical, and it may be any shape, as long as a cold air path 760 is formed inside, but if A circular or elliptical shape is preferred because the flow path resistance is small. If it is an ellipse that is thinner than a circle in the width direction, the protruding height into the storage room can be reduced, and the effective volume can be increased, making it more convenient to use. When the external shape of the cross section of the second air path unit 764 is rectangular, circular (circular tube) or elliptical, and there is no opening other than the cold air supply port 768, the second air path unit 764 may be formed only by the second air path unit 764. Air-conditioning wind path 760.

Here, if the second air path unit 764 forming the cold air path 760 is used, A cross-sectional shape having a predetermined torsional strength or bending strength (for example, a U-shaped shape or a cross-sectional shape of a rectangular shape or a circular shape (circular tube) or an elliptical shape) is used to set the cold air path 760 at The convex portion 450 can increase the strength of the convex portion 450 and increase the box strength. However, in the second air path assembly 764, When a U-shaped cross-section is used, when the U-shaped opening is opened or narrowed due to the twisting or bending of the box, and the strength may be insufficient, other structural materials (such as plate-shaped members or rods) may be used. (Such as a bar-shaped member or a rib member) to connect or plug the openings between the openings of the second air path module 764 so that the openings do not open or narrow, thereby ensuring its strength.

As described above, in this embodiment, the spacers are not filled with the spacers 450. The hot material 701 is provided with a cold air duct 760 as a reinforcing member. Therefore, in this embodiment, a device such as a heat-insulating box or a refrigerator, which is formed of the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 and includes the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, includes: The vacuum insulation material 400 is directly attached to the back surface of the inner case 750 with an adhesive or the like on the backside of the storage room (for example, the recessed portion 440); and there is a case where the case is raised between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750. Reinforcement sites of strength Reinforcement intermediary sites (for example, protrusions 450) of the cold air duct 760. The reinforcing intermediate portion (convex portion 450) is provided at a corner portion of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are attached by a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape.

Here, as the adhesive of the first intermediary material between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a hard polyurethane having self-adhesiveness can be used. When a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, even if it does not have the function of a heat insulating material, the thickness of the adhesive when the polyurethane is used as the adhesive can be reduced. In this case, it is preferable that the thickness of the polyurethane is smaller than the vacuum insulation material 400, and it is more preferable that the thickness is 11 mm or less. The thinner the thickness of the adhesive, the thinner the wall thickness and the larger the volume in the storage room. Therefore, the thickness is preferably less than 10 mm, and more preferably 6 mm or less. If the thickness is less than 1 mm, there is a problem that the surface cannot be adhered due to the unevenness of the surface of the vacuum insulation material 400, and the quality of the inner box 750 may be degraded from the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, polyurethane is used as the adhesion. In the case of an agent, it is preferably 3 mm or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of ensuring the strength, when a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the density is preferably 60 kg / m ³ or more. Here, in order to improve the strength of the cabinet, it is preferable to use a material having a bending elasticity of 13.0 MPa or more as the vacuum heat insulating material 400. In addition, the heat insulating material 701 filled in the convex portion 450 has a bending elasticity of 13.0 MPa. The density is preferably 60 kg / m ³ or more.

(Using the recess as the air-conditioning air path (4))

Next, the structure of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 8 to 10. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut at a surface perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 (the same is true for FIGS. 4 to 7). FIG. 9 is a front view of the refrigerator 1 when the front door of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention is removed, and FIG. 10 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In Figs. 8 to 10, parts corresponding to those in Figs. 1 to 7 are denoted by the same symbols, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

In FIG. 8, the convex portion 450 is substantially triangular, and the side surface of the convex portion 450 corresponds to the hypotenuse 456. The convex portion 450 has a rear wall side end portion 798 at one end connected to the rear wall 730, and a side wall side end portion 797 at the other end connected to the side wall 790. The concave portion 440 is formed by the beveled side 456 corresponding to the side surface of the convex portion 450 and the back wall 730, between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the back wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the back wall 730. A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Although not shown here, a plate-shaped vacuum insulation material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air path 760 provided in the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440 serves as The first air passage module 762 with a design covering structure and the second air passage module 764 provided on the back side (the inner box 750 side) of the first air passage module 762 and having heat insulation properties are formed in the recessed portion. Within 440. The first air path module 762 or the second air path module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in the mounting portion (engagement portion) provided in the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730 or by screws. The fixing member is fixed to the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730 by engaging the mounting portions with each other.

A recessed portion 440 is formed on the back surface of the storage room, and a part of the recessed portion 440 in the width direction (for example, a slightly central portion in the width direction) is used as the cold air path 760. The cold air path 760 may be a refrigerating room cold air path 50 that supplies cold air to the refrigerating compartment 2 and is used to supply cold air to the electrostatic water mist device 200 (water mist device) and the water mist generated by the electrostatic water mist device 200 and The cold air is supplied to the cold air duct of the refrigerator. In addition, the air-conditioning air path 760 includes a second air path module 764 provided at a substantially center of the recessed portion 440 and a first air path module 762 provided as a covering portion covering the second air path module 764. The first air path module 762 The cross-sectional shape is a U-shape with an opening portion, and is composed of a front portion 761 and a side portion 767.

The first air passage unit (for example, an air passage covering portion) 762 has a side surface portion arranged so that at least a part thereof contacts a fixing protrusion portion that is a protrusion portion provided in the recessed portion 440 so that the inner box 750 protrudes toward the storage compartment side. 910, the side surface portion or the front surface portion is fixed or held on the fixing protrusion portion 910. In the present embodiment, at least a part of the inner side surface of the side surface portion of the first air path module 762 contacts the outer side surface of the fixing protrusion 910, and is fixed or held by a screw or hook structure or an embedded structure. 1 air path assembly 762, thereby forming a cold air path 760. Here, the case where the shape of the first air path unit 762 is a U-shaped cross section is shown, but it may be a semi-circular shape, a curved surface shape (arch), a V shape, or the like. In addition, the first wind path The module 762 can be held or fixed on the protrusion 910 or the inner box (wall surface) 750 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall (such as the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the storage room) forming a storage compartment. The partition wall 24, etc.) may be sufficient, and it may have any shape as long as it can form the cold air path 760.

Cooling air path 760, which passes through the refrigerator The door 55 is connected to the cooler chamber 131. The cool air generated by the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131 is passed through the air path 16 by the cooler 13 cooling air circulation fan (internal storage fan) 14 provided in the cooler chamber 131 as an air volume adjustment means. The refrigerator compartment damper 55 is blown to the cold air duct 760 which is the refrigerator cold air duct 50. The cold air blown to the cold air duct 760 is supplied to a storage room (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) through a cold air supply port 768 provided in the first air path module 762 or the second air path module 764 or the fixing protrusion 910. .

In this embodiment, the front portion of the first air path unit 762, Alternatively, one or a plurality (at least one) of side surfaces are provided with a cold air supply port (cold air outlet) 768 to the storage room. When the second air path unit 764 is installed, one or a plurality (at least one) of the second air path unit 764 is provided on a front portion, a side portion, or a rear portion. In the figure, the cold air supply port 768 is provided so as to penetrate the front portion of the second air passage unit 764 at the front portion of the first air passage unit 762, and if the cold air supply port 768 is provided to communicate with the side portion of the first air passage unit 762 (Through) The side portion of the second air path unit 764 supplies the cold air from the side to the storage room in addition to the cold air supply from the front portion, so that the cold air can be blown through efficiently. Here, the cold air supply port of the first air path module 762 and the cold air supply port of the second air path module 764 need not be provided at the same position (connected position), but may be provided at different positions (disconnected position). For example, the first air path component 762 The air-conditioning supply port is provided at the front, and the air-conditioning supply port of the second air path unit 764 is provided at a position (front portion, side portion) at a height different from the position of the air-conditioning supply port of the first air path unit 762 (front portion, side portion) or at A position (side surface portion) at the same height position but different in the left-right direction.

The front end surface 769 and the recessed portion 440 (rear wall of the storage compartment) of the front portion 761 of the first air passage module 762 are different in height from the storage compartment side (front direction of the refrigerator 1), and have a step difference in this height difference (Step difference 775). If the cold air supply port (opening, notch, etc.) 768 is not provided in the step portion 775 (for example, the side portion 767 or the protruding portion 910 of the first air path unit 762 forming the outer contour of the cold air path 760), it is possible to The front-side end surface 769 of the first air path unit 762 is reduced (thickness (height) protruding to the inside of the storehouse (storage room side)) of the opening or notch of the cold air supply port 768, so that the stepwise portion 775 can be reduced toward the storehouse. The amount of protrusion on the inside. Therefore, the length in the depth direction of the storage room can be increased by an amount reduced by the step portion 775, and the storage volume in the storage room can be increased.

Here, the protrusions 910 are provided in at least two positions in the width direction (the right protrusion and the left protrusion when viewed from the front opening of the refrigerator 1), and the space between the left and right protrusions 910 forms a second recess 441, and The second concave portion 441 is formed in a groove shape in the vertical direction. The protruding portion 910 is formed by the inner box protruding from the back of the storage compartment forming the recessed portion 440 toward the storage compartment side, and is provided continuously or intermittently in the vertical direction (for example, at least two protruding portions 910 are slightly parallel in the vertical direction). Positioned so as to form a groove shape (second concave portion 441)). Here, the protruding portion 910 may be formed as an object different from the inner case 750.

The inner surface side of the side surface portion 767 of the first air path unit 762 is A concave-convex fitting, a hook structure, a screw, or the like is held or fixed on the outer surface of the protrusion 910 (the outer side surface of the groove-shaped protrusion 910) forming the second concave portion 441. That is, a fixing component (or holding means) that holds or fixes a concave-convex fitting structure that is held or fixed by concave-convex fitting, or that a hook portion having a protruding hook portion is hooked to a concave portion or a convex portion. The first air path unit 762 and the protruding portion 910 are provided, whereby the first air path unit 762 is held or fixed to the protruding portion 910 forming the second recessed portion 441. (For example, a hook portion is provided on the first air path unit 762, and a concave portion or a convex portion is provided on the protruding portion 910 at a position opposite to the hook portion, whereby the first air path unit 762 is lightly pressed to form a first (The simple structure of the protruding portion 910 of the two recessed portions 441 allows the first air path unit 762 to be held or fixed to the protruding portion 910.)

In this embodiment, for example, as described above, a space surrounded by the following portions (a space provided in the width direction of the refrigerator 1 slightly above and below the central portion) is formed: the width direction (left-right direction) provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 is slightly At least two protrusions 910 in the up-down direction of the central portion, a second recess (groove shape) 441 formed on the storage room side of the back wall 730, and a first air passage module 762 (for example, a U-shaped U-shaped structure or arch Shape of curved material, etc.). The space surrounded by the second recessed portion 441 and the first air passage unit 762 may be used as the air-conditioning air passage 760. However, as shown in the figure, the second air passage unit 764 may be housed in the second recessed portion 441 and the first air passage unit 762. In the space surrounded by the air path unit 762, this second air path unit 764 is used as the air-conditioning air path 760. Here, the protruding portion 910 or the side surface portion 767 of the first air path unit 762 need not be continuous in the up-down direction, as long as an air path can be formed, and the cold air in the air path can be supplied to a storage room (for example, a refrigerator compartment) 2)).

A plurality of protrusions are intermittently provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 910. It is possible to use the non-protrusions (e.g., the gaps that interrupt the protrusions in the up and down direction due to notches and the like) that are not provided between the plurality of protrusions that are intermittently arranged in the up and down direction as the cooling air supply port 768 into the storage room . In this case, the first air passage unit 762 can be used to block the non-protrusions (the cutouts where the protrusions in the vertical direction are interrupted) between the plurality of protrusions provided in the vertical direction, but it can also be used. The second air path unit 764 forms an air path. The protruding portion 910 may be used only as a fixing portion or a holding portion for fixing or holding the first air path unit 762. The space (the space provided in the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1) enclosed by the second recessed portion 441 and the first air path unit 762 formed in the left and right two protrusions 910 provided in the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1 is directly used as cold air. In the case of the road 760, in order to prevent dew condensation or to suppress the rise of the temperature of the cold air in the air-conditioned air passage 760, it is preferable to use a heat-insulating material such as a heat-insulating material for the first air-path module 762 or the protrusion 910. In this case, the protruding portion 910 may be formed so that the inner case 750 protrudes, and a polyurethane heat insulating material may be filled therein.

The space (the space provided in the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1) surrounded by the second recessed portion 441 and the first air path unit 762 formed by the two protrusions 910 provided in the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1 can be directly used as the cold air However, a second air path unit 764 having a cold air path 760 may be provided in this space. If the second air passage unit 764 is provided, the second air passage unit 764 can be formed by using a heat insulating material such as expanded styrene. Therefore, the first air passage unit 762 or the protruding portion 910 does not use heat insulation materials and has heat insulation. A high-performance material may be used, and the structure of the first air path unit 762 or the protruding portion 910 can be simplified. In addition, since the second air passage module 764 can be formed of an easily-processable heat insulating material such as expanded styrene or resin, the cross-sectional shape (outer shape of the cross section) of the second air passage module 764 can be processed or formed into a circle. Shapes, such as triangular, oval, or polygonal shapes (such as triangles, quadrangles, or hexagons). In addition, the cross-sectional shape of the air passage can also easily form a shape with a small air passage impedance such as a flow passage loss or a pressure loss of the air passage (for example, a circle or an ellipse in the width direction), and good efficiency can be obtained. Insulation box, refrigerator, machine.

The second air passage unit 764 is disposed in a space surrounded by the following (a space provided in the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1): the first air passage unit 762, and two (two or more) installed or fixed in the width direction. (Possible) The second recessed portion formed by the two protruding portions 910 (the two protruding portions 910 are continuously or intermittently provided in the longitudinal direction) provided in the width direction of the refrigerator 1 and the inner case 750 in a state of the protruding portions 910. 441. The second air path assembly 764 has an air path structure having a cold air path 760 inside, and the outer cross section of the air path of the second air path assembly 764 is circular or oval or polygonal (for example, triangular or quadrangular or six Angles, etc.) to form a cold air path 760 inside. The second air passage module may have any shape as long as it has a shape capable of forming the cold air passage 760 inside. Here, the cross-sectional shape of a component having an air passage such as the first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 refers to a cross-sectional shape that is slightly perpendicular to the flow direction of air or cold air.

The external shape of the cross-section of the cold air duct 760 formed in the second air duct module 764 is a circular, elliptical, or polygonal shape (such as a triangle, a quadrangle, or a hexagon), and may be the same as the second air duct module. The cross-sectional shape of 764 is the same or similar, but may be different from the cross-sectional shape of the second air path unit 764. That is, when the external shape of the cross section of the second air path unit 764 is a slightly quadrangular shape, the external shape of the cross section of the air-conditioning air path 760 may be slightly circular, slightly oval, or slightly triangular, even if the shape of the cross section is different. There will be problems. but, Since the efficiency is better if the flow path resistance when air (cold air) flows is small, the cross section of the air path of the second air path module 764 is better to be circular or elliptical than triangular. In addition, if it is an elliptical shape that is longer than the circle in the width direction, the height at the time of installation (protrusion height in the storage room) can be reduced, so that the depth dimension of the storage room can be made large and easy to use. Therefore, the second air path unit 764 may be configured as a cold air path. Therefore, the cross-sectional shape of the second air path module 764 with respect to the direction of the cold air flow may be an angle or an ellipse, and the cold air path 760 may be formed in the inside. The cross-sectional shape of the internal cold air duct 760 may be angular or elliptical. When the air-conditioning air path 760 is circular or oval, the flow path resistance is small and the efficiency is good. In addition, if it is an elliptical shape that is longer than the circle in the width direction, the length in the depth direction can be reduced, and the storage space can be reduced. The amount of protrusion can also increase the storage volume. (When the cross-sectional shape of the second air path unit 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cold air path 760 is elliptical, the width direction (long axis direction) is preferably longer than the depth direction (short axis direction)). Here, the second air passage module 764 is preferable because it is easier to process and easier to assemble if one air passage module is formed in a state where it is divided into two or divided into a plurality of pieces and reassembled. When the cross-sectional shape of the second air path unit 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cold air path 760 is an elliptical shape, when the second air path unit 764 is divided, if the long-axis cross-section is divided into two, the workability is improved. And assembly is better.

Cooler as a heat exchanger arranged in the cooler chamber 131 The cold air (air) generated in 13 passes through the switching room cold air passage 16 and the refrigerating room damper 55 and flows into, for example, the cold air passage 760 formed in the second air passage unit 764, and is supplied to the storage room through the cold air supply port 768. . Here, a space surrounded by the second recessed portion 441 and the first air path unit 762 is used as the air-conditioning air path 760. In this real In this embodiment, the space used as the air-conditioning air path 760 is provided in the upper and lower directions of the refrigerator 1 at the center of the width direction. When the refrigerator is viewed from the front (front), the width of the refrigerator 1 One is provided in the center, but it may not be one, and two or more may be provided in the width direction (left-right direction) of the refrigerator 1. In addition, it may not be provided at the slightly central portion, and may be provided at the end in the width direction.

It is also possible to set two or more Spaces are formed separately and do not share the supply of cold air generated by the cooler 13 as a heat exchanger in the cooler room 131 to the storage room (for example, the refrigerating room 2 or the vegetable room 5 or the switching room 4 or the cooling room 2X, 2Y, etc. ) And a water mist air path for supplying water mist generated by the electrostatic water mist device 200 to a storage room (for example, the refrigerating room 2 or the vegetable room 5 or the switching room 4 or the cooling room 2X, 2Y, etc.). If the air path is made independent as described above, it is possible to independently control the cooling air supply (the opening and closing of the cooling air supply, or the control of the cooling air amount) and the water mist supply (the opening and closing of the water mist supply, or Control of the amount of water mist). Of course, there is no problem even if the air-conditioning air passage and the water mist air passage are shared.

When the second air path unit 764 is provided, it is configured to fix it. The first air path unit 762 may be fixed or held. Alternatively, the second air path unit 764 may be fixed or held on the protruding portion 910 or the inner box 750 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall 42 or the wall surface (back wall 730, top wall 740, bottom wall 780, etc.) and the like. The second air path module 764 is fixed or held on the first air path module 762. The first air path module 762 and the second air path module 764 are integrated into a single air path assembly, thereby enabling easy installation in the heat insulation. The cabinet 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be easily removed. Here, as long as the second air path unit 764 can constitute an assembly that forms a separate air path The second air passage assembly 764 can constitute an air passage assembly. Therefore, the air passage assembly can be detachably installed in the storage room (for example, the protrusion 910 or the recess 440 or the second recess 441 or the first Air path assembly 762 or inner box 750 or shelf 80, etc.). In addition, since the air-conditioning duct 760 can not be formed by the inner box 750 (the inner box forming the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441) opposite to the vacuum insulation material 400, a heat-insulating box having a simple structure and a low cost can be obtained , Refrigerator, machine.

In addition, if the first air passage unit 762 or the air passage assembly (the second air passage Road assembly 764, or an assembly of the first air passage assembly 762 and the second air passage assembly 764) is installed in a storage room (for example, the protrusion 910 or the first air passage assembly 762 or the shelf 80, etc.), the first 1 The air duct unit 762 or the air duct assembly is directly installed in the inner box 750 (the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441) opposite to the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the deformation of the inner box 750 or the installation of the cold air duct 760 or the There are cracks, cracks, and the like. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the outer case of the vacuum insulation material 400 from being damaged by the inner case, and it is possible to obtain a heat-insulating box and a refrigerator with high reliability and little or no degradation of heat insulation performance. , Or machine.

Here, if the cold air duct 760 is provided, the first air duct is formed. The module 762 covers the recessed section 440 or the second recessed section 441, and the cold air path 760 can be formed even if the second air path module 764 is not provided. Therefore, a small number of components, low cost, easy assembly, and high reliability heat insulation can be obtained. Cabinet or refrigerator. In this case, as long as the first air path module 762 is fixed or held on the convex portion 450 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall 24, the wall surface (for example, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, or the bottom wall 780), etc. can.

The convex portion 450 is provided so that the refrigerator 1 is viewed from the front side (front side). In the case, at least one or more (one or more positions) is provided at the corners in the width direction (the left and right ends in the width direction and the ends in the width direction) on the back surface of the storage room. In order to increase the box strength (box rigidity) such as the torsional strength, bending strength, or compressive strength of the box, it is formed by filling a rigid polyurethane foam or the like between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Insulation material 701. In the recessed portion 440 and the second recessed portion 441, the strength of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is made equal to or greater than a predetermined value (for example, the flexural modulus of elasticity is 20 MPa or more) to provide box strength. An adhesive (for example, an adhesive foaming heat-insulating material) serving as a first intermediary material for the purpose of adhesion is filled between the inner case 750 and the inner case 750. The vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 are adhered or fixed or fixed. Here, a rigid polyurethane foam can be used as the adhesive for the first intermediary material. In this case, the polyurethane as the adhesive is not used as a main insulation material. The intended heat insulating material can reduce the thickness of the polyurethane. That is, in the case where polyurethane is used as the first intermediary material between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, even if the heat insulation performance is poor, it can be thinned as long as it has When the adhesive is adhered, a predetermined thickness of rigidity or strength without causing unnecessary deformation or distortion of the heat-insulating box can be obtained. When a rigid polyurethane foam used as the first intermediary material is used as an adhesive, its predetermined thickness is preferably about 11 mm or less, particularly preferably 6 mm or less. In addition, as long as it can satisfy the requirements as an adhesive, Adhesion (adhesive property), the thinner the better, it is preferably 1 mm or more, and more preferably 3 mm or more.

In FIGS. 4 to 8, a cross section of the refrigerator 1 is shown. The convex portions 450 are provided at both ends in the width direction of the refrigerator 1 and are formed toward the storage room side (the front of the refrigerator 1). (Surface side) protruding protrusion. In FIGS. 4 to 7, the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the protruding portion except for the side wall 790 and the rear wall portion in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is an angle (rectangle). However, in FIG. 8, The cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the protruding portion of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 toward the inside of the storage room in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is a slightly triangular shape. A portion (side wall end measuring portion) 797 is connected, and the other end of the hypotenuse 456 is connected to a predetermined portion (back wall side end portion) 798 on the inner surface of the back wall 730. That is, one end of the slightly triangular hypotenuse 456 is connected to a predetermined portion (side wall measuring end portion) 797 on the inner surface of the side wall 790, and the other end is connected to a predetermined portion (back wall side end portion) 798 of the inner surface of the back wall 730. Therefore, the hypotenuse 456 of the convex portion 450 starting from the back wall side end portion 798 and the side wall side end portion 797 protrudes toward the inside of the library. That is, in the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450, a portion corresponding to the slightly triangular hypotenuse 456 is formed in the inner box 750 of the storage room so as to span from the side wall end portion 797 of the side wall 790 to the back surface of the back wall 730. The wall-side end portion 798 has a substantially straight shape, a curved shape, an arch shape, or the like.

Therefore, when the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 is a slightly triangular shape Next, the length of the slightly triangular hypotenuse 456 may be set so as to obtain a predetermined strength. Compared with the case where the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 is an angular shape, when the convex portion 450 has a triangular shape, the convex portion 450 has no corner portion, so that the volume that can protrude into the storage room is reduced, and the volume in the storage room can be increased. . In addition, since there are no corner portions in the convex portion 450, the designability is improved.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the plurality of protrusions 910 are provided as It can protrude toward the storage room side (front side of the refrigerator 1) and is provided continuously or intermittently in the up-down direction to form a groove shape (second recessed portion) 441. Therefore, the cabinet can be improved. strength. Here, when the convex portion has a slightly triangular shape, the concave portion 440 provided between the two convex portions 450 on the left and right side walls 790 and the corner portion of the back wall 730 becomes the respective hypotenuse of the left and right convex portions 450. The range between the back wall side end portions 798 of the back wall connected to 456 (the portion indicated by W in FIG. 8).

In FIGS. 4 to 8, the real parts installed in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 The width of the insulating material 400 in the left-right direction is approximately the same as the width of the inner wall of the storage room (for example, the refrigerating room 2 or the vegetable room 5 or the freezing room 6) (the distance between the left and right side walls 790 forming the storage room ( The length is slightly the same), and the foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled with the filling ports 703 and 704 such as polyurethane can be smoothly filled into the side wall 790. In addition, the filling openings 703 and 704 for filling the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 with a foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane do not overlap with the vacuum heat insulating material 400. (Closing the filling ports 703 and 704), and the vacuum insulation material 400 blocks the filling ports 703 and 704 when the foamed insulation material such as polyurethane is injected, without preventing the foamed insulation material from flowing into the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 Either in the bottom wall 780 or in the partition wall 24.

In addition, in FIGS. 4 to 8, the convex portion 450 is provided for maintaining or lifting. The function of a reinforcing member having a high box strength also serves as a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant piping 725. In addition, the protruding portion 910 forming the second recessed portion 441 in FIG. 8 may be used as a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, or may be filled with a foamed heat insulating material or the like and used as a reinforcing member. Either the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 may be used as a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant piping 725, or both of the convex portion 450 and the protruding portion 910 may be used as a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant piping 725. unit. If the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 is used as a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 in this way, Alternatively, if it is used as a box reinforcing portion, it is not necessary to separately provide a storage portion such as a storage tube 720 or a refrigerant pipe 725, and a heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and machine having a simple structure, low cost, and high strength can be obtained.

The convex portion 450 is provided at a corner (one side) in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room. Corner or both sides). One end of the convex portion 450 is connected to a specific portion 797 of the side wall 790 forming the storage room with respect to the width direction of the storage room, and the other end of the convex portion 450 is connected to the back wall which overlaps the vacuum insulation material 400 with a specific length in the width direction. A specific portion 798 of 730 is filled with a foamed heat-insulating material such as rigid polyurethane. As described above, the convex portion 450 is extended to a position where it partially overlaps in the width direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the position of the overlapping length X), whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 passes through the inner portion of the convex portion 450. The polyurethane is integrated with the polyurethane in the side wall 790. The side wall 790 and the back wall 730 together with the vacuum insulation material 400 and the rigid polyurethane are formed into a strong body to improve the box 700. Strength of. In this case, if a rigid polyurethane foam filled in the side wall 790 is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 and foamed, it can be easily handled. Here, the convex portion 450 is provided at a corner portion, and the inner box 750 is shaped to protrude from the storage room with a cross-sectional shape of an angle or a rectangle or a slightly triangular shape or an arc shape or an arch shape. The outer case 710 is filled or provided with a rigid polyurethane foam or the like, thereby forming a convex portion 450 as a reinforcing member. Here, considering the heat insulation performance of the case 700 with and without the vacuum insulation material 400, the adhesive strength of the inner case 750, the vacuum insulation material 400, and the outer case 710, and the strength (rigidity) of the case 700 are considered. In order to determine the filling material such as polyurethane filled in the space between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, in this embodiment, a hard polymer is used. Urethane foam is used as a filler.

Back wall 730 side of convex portion 450 as a strength portion (reinforcing portion) One end is set to overlap the vacuum insulation material 400 by a specific length X. Therefore, the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 are firmly adhered by the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the convex portion 450. The vacuum insulation material 400 is also strongly connected to the side wall 790 by a polyurethane. In addition, since the convex portion 450 protruding into the storage room is formed at a corner in the width direction on the back surface of the storage room, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam even if the recessed portion 440 of the vacuum insulation material 400 is arranged is very thin. It is also possible to suppress degradation of the heat insulation performance, and also to increase the strength of the cabinet by the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. In addition, in the wall surface (for example, the side wall 790 or the partition wall 24) where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not arranged, it is also possible to increase the arrangement area or the drainage volume of the vacuum insulation material 400 (to increase the coverage of the vacuum insulation material 400) Or filling rate), the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box including the wall surface on which the vacuum insulation material 400 is not disposed can be ensured. In addition, since the convex portion 450 is extended to a position overlapping in the width direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the side wall 790, and the recessed portions (440, 441) of the back wall can be formed (or formed). As a whole, and increase the strength of the cabinet.

In addition, storage control wiring or power can be arranged in the convex portion 450 The tube 720 or the refrigerant piping 725 of a wire such as a wire, in this case, can increase the strength of the cabinet by the convex portion 450, and the tube 720 or the refrigerant piping 725 can also be applied as a reinforcing member to increase the strength of the cabinet. Therefore, there is no need for another reinforcing structure for increasing the strength of the cabinet, so that the cost can be reduced, and the strength of the thermal insulation box can be increased because the thermal insulation box 700 is reinforced. In addition, since the reinforcing member is disposed in the convex portion 450, the designability is also improved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain This results in low-cost, highly reliable, and well-designed heat-insulating boxes and refrigerators.

Here, the width direction in which the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap with each other. The longer the specific length X, the larger the length (or the fixing area) that the rigid polyurethane and the vacuum insulation material 400 in the protrusion 450 can be fixed (or fixed), and the strength of the box can be improved. However, if the length is too long, the protruding amount of the convex portion 450 into the storage room (the volume protruding into the storage room) will be increased, and the capacity in the storage room will be reduced. Therefore, 200 mm is preferred and 180 mm or less is particularly preferred. In addition, if the specific length X in the width direction where the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap is too short, the anchoring force of the rigid polyurethane in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 will be reduced, which will decrease. The strength of the cabinet, and when the overlapping length X of the filler such as rigid polyurethane foam to the vacuum insulation material 400 is shorter than 30 mm, heat leakage through the surface of the vacuum insulation material 400 becomes large. That is, when the overlapping length X of the filling material such as rigid polyurethane with respect to the vacuum insulation material 400 is shorter than 30 mm, the surface of the vacuum insulation material 400 from the surface of the inner box 750 side (storage room side) of the vacuum insulation material 400 is outwardly boxed. The heat leakage caused by the thermal bridge on the surface of the 710 side (the back side) becomes large and the heat insulation performance is low. Therefore, it is preferably 30 mm or more, and more preferably 40 mm or more. Therefore, the overlapping length X of the vacuum insulation material 400 and the convex portion 450 is preferably 30 mm or more (especially 40 mm or more), and 200 mm or less (especially 180 mm or less). The distance between the side walls 790 (the distance between the inner walls 791 and 792 in the storage room) is preferably less than 1/3. (When the outer width of the refrigerator 1 is 600 mm, if the thickness of the side wall 790 is 30 mm, the distance between the inner walls of the side wall 790 is 540 mm, so the overlapping length X is preferably 1/3 or less, that is, 180 mm or less. )

In this embodiment, the vacuum insulation material 400 is arranged on the back An example of the surface wall will be described, but it may be arranged on the side wall 790, or the vacuum insulation material 400 may be arranged on both the back wall and the side wall 790. In this case, for the same reason as the back wall side, the side wall side is also the length of the vacuum insulation material 400 and the convex portion 450 overlapping, and the lower limit is preferably 30 mm or more (preferably 40 mm or more), and the upper limit is 200 mm. The following is preferred (preferably below 180 mm). (It is desirable that the length of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 overlap with each other is such that the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is greater than or equal to the first predetermined value (for example, 30 mm and preferably 40 mm) and the second predetermined value (for example, is The width of the vacuum insulation material 400 is about 1/3) or less. If the first predetermined value is less than 30 mm, the length X of the filling material such as a rigid polyurethane with respect to the overlapping portion of the vacuum insulation material 400 becomes shorter, The heat leakage caused by the thermal bridge from the surface of the inner box side (storage room side) of the vacuum insulation material 400 to the surface of the box side (rear side) becomes large, resulting in low thermal insulation performance. If the overlap length of the heat insulation material 400 is too short, the strength of the box will be reduced. Therefore, the first predetermined value is preferably 30 mm or more (especially 40 mm or more). In addition, if the second predetermined value exceeds the vacuum insulation material 400, When the width is 1/3, the width of the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441 becomes small, and the predetermined size of the cold air path 760 cannot be ensured. Therefore, the second predetermined value is preferably 1/3 or less.)

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be arranged on the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24 between the storage rooms, and the convex portion 450 may be provided on the corner portion. As described above, the overlapping lengths of the convex portions formed at the corners of the back wall 730 and the top wall 740 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the convex portions and vacuum insulation materials formed at the corners of the back wall 730 and the bottom wall 780 The overlapping length of 400, or the protrusions formed at the corners of the back wall 730 and the partition wall 24, and the vacuum insulation material 400, or the protrusions of the side walls 790 and the corners of the top wall 740, and the vacuum insulation The lower limit of the overlap length of the material 400 is preferably 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more), and the upper limit is preferably 200 mm or less (more preferably 180 mm or less).

As described above, one end of the convex portion 450 as the strength portion and the vacuum insulation The width X of the overlapped portion of the material 400 is set within a predetermined range. Therefore, it is possible to increase the recessed portions 440 formed between the left and right convex portions 450 or to form the convex portions without compromising the strength and heat insulation performance of the cabinet. A space 770 between the portion 450 and the second concave portion (a space 770 between the protruding portion 910 and the convex portion 450). Therefore, on the premise of ensuring a predetermined box strength and a predetermined thermal insulation performance, the storage volume can be increased, and the space 770 as a storage space for food and the like can be increased. Therefore, the storage volume in the storage room can be increased. The refrigerator and the machine which are easy to use for the user are obtained.

In this embodiment, a door (for example, The refrigerating compartment door sheet 7) is also provided with a vacuum heat insulating material 400, which is directly attached to the door inner panel and the door outer panel forming the outer contour of the door by an adhesive. In this case, a rigid polyurethane can be used as the adhesive. In this case, polyurethane is not used as a heat-insulating material, so its heat-insulating performance is poor, as long as it has a predetermined thickness with a predetermined adhesive strength at the time of adhesion. The predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably 11 mm or less and 6 mm or less. In addition, as long as the adhesive force (adhesive property) as the adhesive can be satisfied, the thinner the better, more preferably 1 mm or more, and 3 mm or more. The above is particularly preferred. Here, the strength (torsion strength, bending strength, etc.) of the refrigerator compartment door sheet 7 is ensured by the strength (rigidity) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to secure the door piece with a foamed heat insulating material as in the past. Strength, therefore, in the case of using polyurethane as the adhesive, it is only necessary to ensure a predetermined thickness as the adhesive as described above. This can make the thickness of the door sheet thin. For this reason, the library internal volume can become large.

Here, as in the case of Figs. The first air path component 762 of a part of the back of the storage room or the covering material of the second recess 441 may include: an air path covering forming at least a part of the air-conditioning air path 760 or covering at least a part of the air-conditioning air path 760. A back cover portion extending from the air passage cover portion in the width direction (left-right direction or side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440; and a back cover portion connected to or formed with the back cover portion A side covering portion that is integral and covers at least a portion of the side wall 790. Further, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 for installation. Alternatively, the side covering portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 for installation. In this way, the first air path unit 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a part of the back wall 730, the side wall 790, or the convex portion 450, thereby improving designability and assemblability.

In addition, it covers at least part of the back surface of the storage room. The first air path component 762 of the covering part may include: an air path covering part that forms or covers at least a part of the cold air path 760; from the air path covering part to the width direction (left-right direction) (Or the direction of the side wall 790) extending out to cover the back wall 730 or at least a portion of the recessed portion 440, and a back cover portion connected to the air passage cover portion or integrated with the air passage cover portion and covering the up and down direction provided on the back wall 730 At least a part of the partition wall 24 (including the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780) is an upper and lower wall covering portion that extends forward from the upper end portion or the lower end portion of the rear wall 730. Further, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in an inner box 750 forming a back wall 730 or a recessed portion 440 or a raised portion 450 for installation. Installed. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall covering portions are fixed or held in an inner box 750 forming a partition wall 24 (including a top wall 740 or a bottom wall 780) provided in the up-down direction of the back wall 730 for installation. In this way, the first air path unit 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a part of the back wall 730, the partition wall 24, the top wall 740, or the bottom wall 780, thereby improving designability and assemblability.

In FIGS. 9 and 10, the refrigerator 1 has a refrigerating compartment 2 as a left-right folio (or open-close) storage compartment at the uppermost stage. An ice-making chamber 3 and a switching chamber 4 serving as a storage chamber are arranged side by side on the lower side of the refrigerator compartment 2. The lowest section of the refrigerator 1 includes a vegetable compartment 5 as a storage compartment, and a freezer compartment 6 as a storage compartment is provided above the vegetable compartment 5. The freezer compartment 6 is provided below the ice-making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side to the left and above the vegetable compartment 5, that is, between the vegetable compartment 5 and the ice-making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side. An intermediate-freezing type storage compartment arrangement in which the freezing compartment 6 is provided.

In the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage room, there is a storage storage space 21 for storing storage items (food, beverages, etc.). In the storage storage space 21, a plurality of resin or glass materials are placed to store the storage items.的 架 架 80。 The shelf 80. Below this storage space 21 (below the lowermost shelf in the library), containers 2X and 2Y with a slightly closed structure are provided, which are used as a cooling temperature controlled at about + 3 ° C to -3 ° C. The cooling chamber 2Y of the belt, or the vegetable room 2X of the vegetable room temperature zone controlled at + 3 ° C to + 5 ° C. The containers 2X and 2Y of this slightly closed structure can also be used as an egg compartment for storing eggs. In addition, the containers 2X and 2Y of the slightly closed structure have, for example, a drawer-type structure, and the container can be pulled out to take out and put the stored objects.

If the container is opened on the container By providing a removable lid on the mouth, a container with a slightly closed structure can be constructed, and the containers 2X and 2Y can be constructed with a slightly closed structure. The lid may be provided on the container side, or may be provided on the shelf 80 or the partition wall provided on the upper part of the container, or the shelf or partition wall on the upper part of the container may also be used as the lid.

This embodiment is an intermediate freezing type in which the freezing compartment 6 is arranged between the vegetable compartment 5 and the ice-making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side, because the low-temperature greenhouse (for example, the ice-making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4) The freezer 6) is close to each other, so no heat-insulating material between low-temperature rooms is needed, and there is less heat leakage, so it can provide an energy-saving and low-cost refrigerator.

In addition, as in the first figure, the front side opening of the refrigerator compartment 2 serving as a storage compartment is provided with a left-to-right type refrigerator compartment door 7 that can be opened and closed freely. The refrigerator compartment door 7 includes two refrigerator compartments. The left panel 7A and the right panel 7B of the refrigerating compartment constitute a left-right split-type panel. Of course, it can also be a one-piece revolving door instead of a left-to-right door. The ice-making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezer compartment 6 as other storage compartments are respectively provided with drawer-type ice-making compartment doors 8 which can freely open and close the opening of the ice-making compartment 3, and Drawer-type switching room door 9 capable of freely opening and closing the opening portion of the switching room 4, drawer-type vegetable room door 10 capable of freely opening and closing the opening portion of the vegetable room 5, and the opening of the freezing compartment 6 Freezer-type freezer door 11 opened and closed freely.

In addition, any one of the left and right refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of the refrigerator compartment 2 serving as a storage compartment is provided with an operation switch (compartment selection switch 60a, temperature, etc.) for setting the temperature in the storage compartment. With switch 60b, instantaneous freezing switch 60c, ice making switch 60d, water spray switch 60e, other function switches (such as environmental protection mode switch Off, make network settings / connect network settings / connection switches, etc.)) or the operation panel 60 that displays temperature information such as the temperature in the library or the set temperature, the operation information of the operation switches or the display information of the LCD display section, or the storage room The temperature information and the like is a control device 30 including a microcomputer in a control board room 31 installed on the upper part of the back of the refrigerator (the back wall of the refrigerator compartment) or the top surface of the refrigerator (such as the upper wall and the top wall of the refrigerator compartment). Controlled.

In addition, the control device 30 includes a transmitting / receiving means such as an antenna. The transmission means is provided in the control device (control board) 30 or the control board room 31 or on the upper part of the refrigerator 1 (preferably near the control device 30 or in the control board room 31) or on the back of the refrigerator 1 (near the control device 30 or control The inside of the substrate chamber 31 is preferable) or the side surface of the refrigerator 1 (the vicinity of the control device 30 or the inside of the control substrate chamber 31 is preferable). Therefore, the control device 30 can be configured with an infrared connection, a wireless connection, or a wired connection (wire connection to obtain a network line connection, a LAN (Local Area Network) connection, or a USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection, etc.), and configuration Information is transmitted and received by an external device outside the refrigerator 1. Here, the external device of the refrigerator 1 is an external server or a mobile terminal (a mobile phone, a mobile information terminal, a portable computer, or the like) or another external device (air conditioner, a television, another refrigerator, a water heater, a lighting, a washing machine, etc.) )Wait. In addition, the machine information is the machine information of the refrigerator 1 (for example, the temperature or power consumption in the storage room or the operation history or the operating time of the cold machine or the operation information of the compressor (on, off, number of revolutions, current information, etc.)) or the refrigerator 1 Other information (such as weather forecast or disaster information (including earthquake information)) or the operating status of other equipment connected to the network or information about the power consumption of the equipment.

Here, the refrigerator 1 includes time measuring means for measuring the operating time to And memorize the measured operating time or the accumulation means between accumulated operations, and transmit the information of the predetermined standard usage period (standard usage time) and accumulated operation time to the external server (such as a cloud server) as the machine information. , When the actual cumulative operating period (cumulative operating time) with respect to the standard use period (ratio) or the actual cumulative operating period (cumulative operating time) with respect to the standard use period exceeds a predetermined predetermined ratio, can receive buy New and old messages are displayed on the operation panel 60 or mobile terminal, etc., or played out with sound. In addition, for external devices, the ratio (ratio) of the actual cumulative operation period (cumulative operation time) to the standard usage period, or the actual cumulative operation period (cumulative operation time) to the standard usage period can exceed a predetermined predetermined period. At the time of the ratio, the message of buying new and replacing the old is received and displayed on the operation panel 60 or mobile terminal, or it is played out by sound.

In addition, because of the means of receiving and sending, it is possible to send and receive external Environmental information (weather forecast, disaster information, earthquake information, temperature information, etc.) or external device information (operating status of other external devices or power consumption information, etc.) or electricity, so it can receive information from servers or external devices to Perform energy-saving control or display information of other machines. In addition, by operating the operation panel 60 of the opening and closing door plate provided on the front of the refrigerator 1 or an external mobile terminal, information of the refrigerator 1 can be transmitted to or received from an external server or other device. The information is displayed on the operation panel 60, a mobile terminal, or a refrigerator or the like.

In the case of a refrigerator or a display case, When the storage room is cooled to a predetermined temperature (for example, -18 ° C in the case of a freezing room) and the operation of the compressor 12 or the air-conditioning circulation fan 14 is stopped, the temperature in the storage room varies with Rise with time. Therefore, if time measuring means and temperature measuring means are provided, the following information is stored in the memory means of the control device 30 as the initial temperature information before the user starts using it at the time of shipment from the factory in advance: compared with cooling the storage room to a predetermined temperature After the temperature, the operation of the compressor 12 or the air-conditioning circulation fan 14 is stopped, or the switching chamber dampers 15 and 55 are closed under specific conditions such as the elapsed time, the temperature rise in the storage room temperature, or the temperature at the start of the measurement. Storage room temperature information, such as the difference between the storage room temperature (predetermined temperature) and the storage room temperature after a predetermined time (for example, 10 minutes), is transmitted from the storage means of the control device 30 to an external server, etc., and stored as information The device information can judge the deterioration or abnormality of the thermal insulation performance, and prompt the user to buy a new or old message displayed on the mobile terminal or the display device in the operation panel 60.

That is, users will Temperature rise in the storage room temperature with respect to the elapsed time under specific conditions such as a state in which the operation of the compressor 12 or the air-conditioning circulation fan 14 is stopped after the storage room is cooled to a predetermined temperature, or a state in which the switch chamber dampers 15 and 55 are closed. The storage room temperature information (such as the degree of initial temperature rise) or the temperature difference (initial temperature difference) between the storage room temperature (predetermined temperature) and the predetermined time (for example, 10 minutes) at the start of measurement is stored in the control device. The storage means of 30 is used as the initial temperature information of each storage room. After the user starts using it, it is transmitted as machine information to an external device such as a server and memorized. Then, periodically measure the degree of temperature rise or the temperature difference in the storage room under the same conditions as the initial period, and send it as external equipment information to external equipment such as a server, and sum it with external equipment such as a server. Comparison of initial temperature information In contrast, if it is within the allowable range, a signal indicating "no abnormality" is transmitted to the machine body such as a refrigerator. If it is compared with the initial temperature information and it is known that it is outside the allowable range, a signal indicating that there is an abnormality is transmitted to the machine body or mobile terminal such as a refrigerator, so that the machine body or mobile terminal receiving the signal is displayed. Abnormal information such as deterioration of insulation performance, or information urging them to buy new ones.

In addition, an opening and closing door plate provided in front of the refrigerator 1 can be operated by operation The operation panel 60 on the external terminal or the external mobile terminal or the control device 30 of the refrigerator 1 automatically supplies power to an external device or switches to an external power source (such as a solar power generation device or a rechargeable battery or a fuel cell). (Power-supplying machine) or power supply from an external machine to receive power supply. In particular, when the power supply to the refrigerator 1 is stopped during a power outage, etc., the power supply source can be switched from the electric wire to an external power source by operating a mobile terminal or a computer, etc. Supply, therefore, if the refrigerator 1 (or a device that can be connected to the Internet) is provided with a connection terminal or the like that can be connected to a mobile device such as a mobile phone or a mobile terminal or a computer, the mobile phone or mobile phone can be operated. It is also possible to charge a mobile device such as a terminal or a computer, or to display or operate a mobile device such as a mobile phone or a mobile terminal, or other devices of a computer or external information.

The compressor 12 is disposed at the lowermost portion (or the back surface) of the refrigerator 1 Upper) machine room 1A. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigerating cycle. The compressor 12 is a component of the refrigerating cycle and is arranged in the machine room 1A. It has a function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is decompressed in a pressure reducing device such as a capillary tube (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown). The cooler 13 constitutes a refrigerator One unit of the refrigeration cycle is arranged in a cooler chamber 131 formed in the back wall of the refrigerating compartment 2, the ice-making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, or the freezing compartment 6. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the heat absorption effect during the evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan (in-compartment fan) 14 is arranged beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and passes the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cool air duct (for example, the cool air duct 16 or the refrigerating room cool air duct). (50, 760, etc.) are blown to each of the compartments (refrigerator compartment 2, ice-making compartment 3, switching compartment 4, vegetable compartment 5, freezing compartment 6) which are a plurality of storage compartments of the refrigerator 1.

In addition, as in FIG. 1, the cooling unit provided in the cooler chamber 131 A defrosting heater 150 as a defrosting means for defrosting the cooler 13 is provided below the cooler 13 and is located above the defrosting heater 150 between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150. The heater top plate 151 is provided so that the defrost water dripped from the cooler 13 does not drip directly on the defrosting heater 150.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be combined with the cooler 13 as Integrated combined heater. Alternatively, a glass tube heater and a combined heater may be used in combination. The defrost water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrost water falling on the heater top plate 151 drops in the cooler chamber 131 and is discharged to the outside of the refrigerator through the defrost water discharge port 155 provided below the cooler chamber 131 ( (For example, an evaporation tray provided in the machine room 1A).

Switching room damper 15 as an air volume adjustment means The cooling air volume of the cooling air blown to the switching chamber 4 as the storage chamber by the circulation fan 14 is a device for controlling the temperature in the switching chamber 4 to a predetermined temperature or for switching the set temperature of the switching chamber 4. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the cold air duct 16 and is sent to the switching chamber 4. In addition, this air-conditioning air path 16 is arranged in a switching room Downstream of the damper 15.

In addition, the refrigerator compartment damper 55 as an air volume adjustment means is adjusted. The amount of cold air blown by the cold air circulation fan 14 to the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment is a device for controlling the temperature in the refrigerating compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature to change the set temperature of the refrigerating compartment 2. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the cold air duct 16, the cold air ducts 50 and 760, and is sent to the refrigerator compartment 2.

As the storage room, for example, the switching room 4 is a compartment (storage room) where the temperature in the storage room can be selected from a plurality of stages from a freezing temperature zone (-17 ° C or lower) to a vegetable room temperature zone (3 to 10 ° C). By operating the operation panel 60 or the external mobile terminal provided on any of the refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of the refrigerator 1, selection or switching of the storage room temperature can be performed.

In addition, for example, on the back wall surface of the switching room 4, a switching room temperature measuring resistor 19 (the same as in FIG. 3) is provided as a first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature of the switching room 4. A second temperature detector is provided on, for example, the top surface (the central portion, the front portion, or the rear portion) of the switching chamber 4 as a surface temperature for directly detecting the surface temperature of the storage items placed in the switching chamber 4 as the storage chamber. The thermopile 22 (same as in Figure 3, or infrared sensor). The switching chamber damper 15 is opened / closed in accordance with the detection temperature of the switching room temperature measuring resistor 19 (or the detection temperature of the thermopile 22) as the first temperature detection means, thereby being controlled by the control device 30 to perform Adjust so that the temperature of the switching chamber 4 becomes the selected temperature zone or enters the set temperature range. In addition, the temperature of the food as the storage in the switching chamber 4 is directly detected by the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detection means.

(Water mist supply 200)

A partition wall 51 (rear wall 730, first air passage unit 762 as an air passage covering portion) on the back side (rear side) of a storage room (e.g., refrigerating room 2), or a storage room (e.g., refrigerating room 2) Inside the storage space 21, a slightly closed container (e.g., a slightly closed container 2X or 2Y) at the lower part of the rear wall of the container, or a rear partition wall or an upper partition wall 24 in a storage room (e.g., the vegetable room 5) An electrostatic water mist device 200 is provided as a water mist device for supplying water mist into a storage room.

The electrostatic water mist device 200 has at least a discharge electrode and supplies water to The discharge electrode or the discharge electrode generates water, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode, thereby generating water mist on the discharge electrode. The discharge electrode may be supplied with water by cooling the heat release section so that condensed water is generated at the discharge electrode that is thermally connected to the heat release section. Alternatively, when the heat radiation portion and the discharge electrode are not thermally connected, the condensed water generated by cooling the heat radiation portion may be supplied to the discharge electrode. (The discharge electrode may also have a structure that doubles as a heat sink. In this case, the heat sink and the discharge electrode are thermally connected, and the heat sink may be cooled to generate condensed water on the discharge electrode.) In addition, the electrostatic water mist device 200 includes at least a discharge electrode and water supply means for supplying water to the discharge electrode. Water is supplied to the discharge electrode by the water supply means, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode to generate water mist. can. Here, as a water supply means, a water storage tank or a heat exchanger (for example, the cooler 13) capable of storing water can be used. When the water supply means is the cooler 13, the container 152 arranged in the cooler chamber 131 can receive and store the defrost water generated by the cooler 13, and the water in the container can be supplied to the discharge electrode by a capillary phenomenon or the like. . Here, with the counter electrode, the generation of water mist is relatively stable. However, even without the counter electrode, The electrode may be used, and gas discharge may be used.

Here, the discharge electrode is provided in a storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2). In the case where a cold air duct is provided in a partition wall provided with a water mist device, if it is provided as a cold air duct (such as a cold air duct) provided as a heat radiation part and a partition wall (rear or upper or lower or side) provided in a storage room (Roads 16, 50, and 760) directly contact or indirectly through the heat-conducting structural material, or set to penetrate through the wall of the air duct and protrude into the air-conditioning air duct, the heat radiation part can be made by the cold air in the air-conditioning duct Condensation water is generated at the discharge electrode which is thermally connected to the heat radiation portion by cooling, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode to generate water mist.

It is also possible to use a storage compartment (above Or underneath or side walls), and cool air in other adjacent storage rooms (for example, freezing room 6) provided on the opposite side of the storage room (for example, vegetable room 5) to cool the heat release section. In this case, the heat radiation portion may be provided so as to contact the bottom wall or the top wall of another storage room (for example, a freezer) from the storage room side. (The water mist device 200 may be provided in any compartment, as long as it is a storage room, and it may be provided in a storage room or container such as the refrigerating room 2 or the vegetable room 5 or the cooling room 2X, 2Y, etc.) When installed on the back wall, it can be installed on a partition wall that forms part of the back wall provided between the storage room and the cooling room. (For example, between two adjacent storage rooms with temperature differences (e.g., A water mist device is installed on the high-temperature storage room side of the partition plate on the high-temperature storage room side between the vegetable room 5 in the high-temperature storage room and the vegetable compartment 5 adjacent to the low-temperature storage room. (The end portion) is provided in contact with a partition plate of another storage room to use the low-temperature cold air of the storage room on the low temperature side (using the temperature difference between the storage room on the high temperature side and the storage room on the low temperature side) to cool the heat radiation portion.)

As shown in FIG. 10, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back, upper, and bottom surfaces of the refrigerator 1. In addition, although not shown, a vacuum insulation material 400 is also provided on the side surface, the partition wall 24, and the door piece. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface is directly attached to the inner box 710 through a foamed heat insulating material as a main purpose adhesive, as shown in FIG. 8, at least within the recess 440. For the outer box 750, it is only necessary to use rigid polyurethane foam with adhesiveness as the adhesive. If rigid polyurethane foam is used, the foam density can be adjusted appropriately, even in narrow flow paths. (For example, between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750), the inside can be filled uniformly without any leakage. In addition, a rigid polyurethane foam is suitable as an adhesive that can adhere even in a narrow flow path, and a rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive.

When a rigid polyurethane foam is mainly used as an adhesive, it is not necessary to consider the lowering of the heat insulation performance due to the thinned thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam. Therefore, the rigid polyurethane foam can be made rigid. The thickness of the polyurethane foam is less than a predetermined thickness, which can reduce the thickness of the wall surface (such as the back wall) and increase the volume in the storage room. When a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the adhesive, the predetermined thickness as the adhesive is preferably 15 mm or less, particularly preferably 11 mm or less, and more preferably 6 mm or less. The adhesive force (adhesive property) is made as thin as possible, and can be a predetermined thickness (for example, preferably 1 mm or more, and more preferably 3 mm or more). If it is thinner than 1 mm, the thickness of the adhesive cannot absorb the roughness of the surface of the vacuum insulation material 400 (concavity and convexity of the outer cover material), and the convex portion on the surface of the vacuum insulation material 400 will directly contact the inner box 750 and cannot be adhered. May reduce the adhesive strength, so use rigid polyurethane foam In the case of an adhesive, if the thickness is too thin, the adhesive strength may be reduced. Therefore, it is preferably at least a predetermined thickness.

Of course, when a rigid polyurethane is used as an adhesive, it is not impossible to obtain heat insulation performance. Although it is inferior to the vacuum insulation material 400, it can also obtain heat insulation performance as a heat insulation material. That is, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered to the outer box 710 or the inner box 750, if a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the heat insulating effect of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be obtained, Thermal insulation effect caused by polyurethane. In addition, the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 can increase the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam without the amount of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the thickness is increased. Thermal insulation performance. In addition, a rigid polyurethane can be used as an adhesive between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Therefore, the strength of the box body of the heat insulation box 700 is improved and the heat insulation performance is improved.

The cold air generated by the cooler 13 arranged in the cooler chamber 131 is transmitted by the cold air circulation fan 14 through the cold air duct 16, the refrigerating room damper 55 as an air volume adjustment means, and the refrigerating compartment cold air formed as a second air path unit. The air passage 760 is supplied into the refrigerating compartment 2 (including the slightly sealed containers 2X and 2Y) through a cold air supply port 768 provided in the first air passage unit 762. The cold air cooled by the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment is returned to the cooler compartment 131 through the refrigerating compartment return air path 410, but a part of the cool air in the refrigerating compartment return air path 410 may be supplied to the vegetable compartment. 5. In this case, the cold air cooled in the vegetable room 5 is sent back to the cooler room 131 through the vegetable room return air path 430. The cooling air supply to the vegetable compartment 5 can be cooled by returning cooling air that has cooled in other storage compartments such as the refrigerating compartment 2 or the switching compartment 4 and has increased in temperature. However, the cooler 13 in the cooler compartment 131 can also be used for cooling. The generated cold air is directly cooled.

The cold air sent to the ice making room 3 or the switching room 4 is operated by the cold air circulation fan 14, and the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler room 131 passes through the cold air path 16 and the refrigerating room air door 15 as an air volume adjustment device. The switching chamber is supplied with a cold air path 17 and returns to the cooler chamber 131 through the ice making chamber return air path (not shown) or the switching chamber return air path (not shown). The cold air sent to the freezing chamber 6 is supplied by the cooler 13 arranged in the cooler chamber 131 through the cold air duct 16 and the cold air duct 18 for the freezing chamber, and is returned to the cooler chamber 131 through the return duct 420 of the freezing chamber.

The supply of the water mist to the storage chamber may be such that the water mist device 200 is energized or stopped at the same time as the cooling air circulation fan 14 is turned on or off, or the time is staggered or interlocked. In addition, when water mist is supplied to a plurality of storage compartments, a damper device (for example, a switching compartment damper 15 or a refrigerating compartment damper 55 or a vegetable compartment damper or a freezing compartment damper) is used to perform a first storage compartment (eg, a vegetable compartment 5 or Switching of the water mist supply between the refrigerating compartment 2) and the second storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2 or the freezing compartment 6 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the switching compartment 4). For example, in the case where the water mist device 200 is provided at least partially as a recessed portion of a partition wall accommodated in the upper part of the first storage room (for example, the vegetable compartment 5), the partition wall has a water mist supply communicated with the recessed portion. When the air door of the vegetable room is opened, the water mist in the recess passes through the air mist supply air channel in the partition wall and passes through the first cold air channel (for example, the vegetable room return air channel, etc.) and the cooler room. 2. The second air-conditioning air path is supplied to the second storage room (for example, the refrigerating room). When the air door of the vegetable room is closed, the cold air is not supplied to the vegetable room. Therefore, the water mist in the recess is supplied to the first storage room by gravity. (Such as a vegetable room). In this case, the second cold air duct can be used as the cold air duct 760 provided on the back of the refrigerator compartment 2. The water mist supply to the first storage chamber and the water mist supply to the second storage chamber can be switched by opening and closing the damper. The switching of the damper device may be performed by turning on and off the cooling air circulation fan 14 instead.

In addition, it is possible to mix the cold air with the cold air in the recess, supply the cold air containing water mist to the first storage compartment, and pass a part of the cold air containing the water mist supplied to the first storage compartment through the partition wall (for example, The air path (such as the air return path to the cooler chamber) of the upper partition wall or the side partition wall is returned to the cooler chamber, and cold air containing water mist is supplied to the second storage chamber through the cooler chamber. The air passage provided in the partition wall may be formed by a covering portion provided to cover at least a part or all of the recessed portion for accommodating the water mist device (atomization device), or may be formed by another component, or may be provided in the branch. The interior next door. Here, at least one of a cold air inlet or a cold air outlet may be provided in the covering portion.

(Wide-bandgap semiconductor)

In the control substrate chamber 31, a control device 30 is provided, and a semiconductor device such as a switch device or a diode device is provided. A wide band gap semiconductor is used for at least a part of the semiconductor device such as an inverter drive circuit. In addition, the control device 30 may be equipped with only a semiconductor component (only a wide band gap semiconductor may be mounted), or may include, for example, a control-related component (such as a transformer or a relay or a converter, a power reactor, a capacitor, or a current detection component). At least one of them) is mounted at the same time as the semiconductor module.

In this embodiment, a wide-gap semiconductor is used as a semiconductor component mounted on the control device 30 (for example, a compressor 12 or a compressor cooling fan or a cooling air circulation fan 14 for driving control of an inverter drive circuit semiconductor or the like) ). Conventionally, for example, an inverter drive circuit mounted on the control device 30 Semiconductor devices such as silicon are generally semiconductors using silicon (Si) as a substrate. However, in this embodiment, wide band gap semiconductors are used, such as silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), diamond, and nitrogen. Aluminum gallium (AlGaN) and the like are used as wide-gap semiconductors.

Wide bandgap semiconductors (e.g. silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride, gallium The advantages of silicon nitride (GaN) over silicon (Si) semiconductors are as follows. One of the advantages is that the loss of the component is small, and high temperature operation can be performed. Si has a large amount of heat, and it is difficult to operate due to the low semiconductor performance at 100 ° C to 200 ° C. Therefore, to install a fan (radiator) for heat radiation, heat must be transmitted through the air, so it must be useful to store the fan's storage volume. And space for heat dissipation. In contrast, wide-gap semiconductors (such as SiC) have small switching losses in their components and can save energy. At the same time, performance degradation is not easy to occur below 300 ° C. Therefore, they can be used in machines such as machinery room 1A, etc. Use in high temperature environments. In addition, since performance degradation is not easy to occur below 300 ° C, there is an advantage that a fan for heat dissipation is not required, or a fan for heat dissipation can be made quite small (the height or size is reduced, and the size and size are reduced). .

The second advantage is that it is possible to reduce thickness. Wide bandgap semiconductors (such as SiC or GaN) have high dielectric breakdown electric field strength, so the withstand voltage of the semiconductor is large (its withstand voltage is 10 times that of silicon (Si)), so the thickness of the semiconductor device can be reduced (thinned) ) To 1/10. In this embodiment, by using a wide-bandgap semiconductor having such characteristics, it is possible to realize a large-scale downsizing and downsizing of a drive circuit component of an inverter, or a good structure that does not need to pay attention to a heat-generating environment. The small shape with a large degree of freedom in design results in a high-quality refrigerator in a high temperature environment.

Because the inverter drive circuit assembly mounted on the control device 30 Wide-gap semiconductors are used in other semiconductor devices such as semiconductors. Therefore, the dielectric strength of the dielectric breakdown field is large and the withstand voltage is large. Therefore, the thickness and size can be reduced (compared to silicon, which is 1/10 of silicon). In addition, since it can operate even at a high temperature of 300 ° C., the heat radiation fan (heat radiator) for cooling the semiconductor device can be made very small. Therefore, in the past, in the state of being mounted on the control device 30 due to other control-related components and the like, a semiconductor device of an inverter drive circuit module having a very high heat sink was used. In this embodiment, a wide energy gap is used. The semiconductor can make the height or size (wide or vertical width) of the combination of the radiator and the drive circuit of the inverter very small (lower or smaller). Therefore, the height can be reduced to the same or smaller than that mounted on the control device 30. Other control-related components (such as power reactors or capacitors or transformers or current detection components) in the state of control.

Here, it is assumed that, in a portion where the control substrate chamber 31 is disposed, The vacuum insulation material 400 is also directly attached to the outer box 710 or the control substrate chamber 31 with an adhesive, and the rigid polyurethane foam is a predetermined thickness (for example, 1 mm or more is preferable, 3 mm or more is more preferable), and The thickness is preferably 11 mm or less, and particularly preferably 6 mm or less. The vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 may be filled as an adhesive.

In this embodiment, the control board room 31 is provided. A structure in which the refrigerator 1 is placed on top of the refrigerator 1 and the surroundings are insulated with a vacuum insulation material 400. However, if a wide band gap semiconductor is used for a semiconductor device such as an inverter drive circuit module, the vacuum insulation material 400 or The urethane heat insulating material covers the periphery of the control substrate chamber 31, and there is no problem if the inside of the control substrate chamber 31 is placed in a high-temperature environment. In addition, if semiconductor components such as inverter drive circuit components are used, With a wide band gap semiconductor, the control substrate chamber 31 can be arranged in the mechanical chamber 1A in a high-temperature environment. Compared with conventional Si semiconductors, wide-bandgap semiconductors do not easily malfunction even in high-temperature environments. Therefore, there is no problem in covering the control substrate chamber 31 with a heat-insulating material. In addition, even when the control board room 31 is disposed in the machine room 1A in a high-temperature environment, it is not necessary to provide a heat insulating material or the like around the control board room 31 for heat insulation so that the temperature in the control board room 31 does not become The high temperature makes it possible to simplify the style of the control substrate chamber and to obtain a low-cost compressor or machine. In addition, since the control substrate chamber 31 does not need to be insulated, the height of the size of the control substrate chamber 31 can be reduced by the amount of the thickness of the heat insulating material (or its ends or depth) to reduce its size. The adhesive directly adheres the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the control substrate chamber 31, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 do not need to be filled with polyurethane as a heat insulating material. Therefore, the control substrate chamber 31 can be reduced. The wall thickness of the wall surface (such as the upper wall or the back wall) can increase the volume of the storage room (internal volume).

In addition, because the control substrate chamber 31 can be set in the past because The surrounding space of the compressor 12 (for example, the upper space or the side space (or the surrounding space) of the terminal box of the compressor 12) that cannot be installed due to the space relationship, therefore, the degree of freedom in the installation of the control board room 31 (the freedom of design) is increased. Degrees), and a device such as a refrigerator or an air conditioner that can effectively use the space in the machine room 1A can be obtained.

(Use of defrosting heater and defrosting water)

The compressor 12 is disposed in a machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion (or uppermost portion of the rear surface) of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigerating cycle, and the compressor 12 is a component of the refrigerating cycle and is arranged in the machine room 1A. The compressor 12 compresses the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle. Role. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is decompressed in a pressure reducing device such as a capillary tube (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown). The cooler 13 is one component constituting a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator, and is arranged in the cooler chamber 131. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the heat absorption effect during the evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14 is arranged beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and blows the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cool air duct (for example, the cool air duct 16 or the refrigerating room cool air duct 50). To each of the compartments (the refrigerating compartment 2, the ice-making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6) which are a plurality of storage compartments of the refrigerator 1.

Below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131, an operation is provided. A defrosting heater 150 (a defrosting glass tube heater, such as a carbon heater) for defrosting the defrosting means of the cooler 13 uses a quartz glass tube that emits a wavelength of 0.2 μm through the quartz glass tube. ~ 4 μm light carbon fiber). A heater top plate 151 is provided between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150 above the defrosting heater 150 so that the defrost water dripped from the cooler 13 does not drip directly onto the defrosting heater. 150. If a black medium heater such as a carbon heater is used for the defrosting heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer, and therefore, the surface temperature can be made low ( (Approximately 70 ° C to 80 ° C), when a flammable refrigerant (for example, a hydrocarbon refrigerant such as isobutane) is used as the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of fire can be reduced even if the refrigerant leaks out Sex. In addition, compared to a nickel-chromium alloy wire heater, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer. Therefore, the frost attached to the cooler 13 is slowly melted, and it is not easy for the frost to agglomerate. And a whole Since the blocks fall, it is possible to reduce the falling sound when falling on the heater top plate 151, and to provide a refrigerator with low noise and high defrosting efficiency.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be combined with the cooler 13 as Integrated combined heater. Alternatively, a glass tube heater and a combined heater may be used in combination. The defrost water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrost water falling on the heater top plate 151 drops in the cooler room and passes through the defrost water receiving portion 154 provided below the cooler room 131 and is discharged from the defrost water outlet 155 It is discharged to the outside of the refrigerator (for example, an evaporation tray provided in the machine room 1A).

Here, a cooler for a freezing compartment and a cooler for a refrigerating compartment are provided. In the case of the two coolers (evaporators), since the evaporating temperature of the cooler for the refrigerating compartment can be set higher than that of the cooler for the freezing compartment, there is less frost attached to the cooler. Therefore, since the defrosting heater 150 is not required, the heater top plate 151 is also unnecessary. Therefore, the defrosting water generated by the cooler 13 directly drops to the defrosting water receiving portion 154 located at the lower portion of the cooler chamber 131 provided in the cooler chamber, and is then discharged to the outside of the refrigerator through the defrosting water discharge port 155 (for example, a setting In the evaporator 1A of the machine room, etc.).

Two coolers for freezer and cooler for refrigerator In the case of a cooler (evaporator), a cooler for the refrigerating compartment is provided on the back of the storage compartment behind the lower part of the refrigerating compartment 2 (slightly closed containers 2X, 2Y) or the back of the vegetable compartment 5. Therefore, the water mist device 200 is provided. The back wall of the storage space of the refrigerator compartment 2 or the back wall of the storage compartment or the back wall of the vegetable compartment 5 behind the backs of the containers 2X and 2Y which are slightly closed may be used. The defrosting water generated by the cooler for the refrigerator compartment can be used as a water supply means of the water mist device 200, and a container for defrosting water generated by the cooler for the refrigerator compartment can be disposed instead of the cooler compartment 131. The heater top plate 151 disposed below the cooler 13 may be sufficient. In this case, in the case where the water is completely discharged from the water discharge port container provided on the upper part of the container, if the full water is discharged from the defrost water discharge port 155 to the outside of the refrigerator, there is no need to deal with the Water draining out of container. Therefore, it is preferable that the container provided in the cooler compartment 131 is provided below the cooler for the refrigerating compartment and above the defrosting water discharge port 155. In addition, the discharge electrode of the water mist device 200 is positioned higher than the container, and is disposed at the same height position of the cooler for the refrigerator compartment (front position of the cooler) or between the cooler for the refrigerator compartment and the container. When the water in the container is supplied to the discharge electrode by a capillary phenomenon or the like, the water supply path can be shortened.

Water mist device 200, as shown in the figure, is arranged to contain at least a part In the recess of the upper wall (upper partition wall 24) of the vegetable compartment 5 adjacent to the lower part of the freezing compartment 6, other upper parts of the storage compartment (vegetable compartment 5) provided with the water mist device 200 are adjacently provided. The cold air in the storage compartment (freezer compartment 6) generates condensed water in the heat radiation portion, and the condensed water is used to apply a voltage to the discharge electrode, thereby generating water mist in the discharge electrode.

In FIGS. 9 and 10, the storage room lighting device 900 is installed in For example, the ceiling wall (upper wall) 740 of the inner wall of the refrigerator compartment 2 which is a storage compartment is comprised by several LED. Here, the lighting device 900 may be installed on the side wall 790, the bottom wall 780, or the partition wall 24 in the storage room. The plurality of LEDs of the illuminating device 900 are disposed closer to the front side of the refrigerator 1 than the shelf 80, and can illuminate the storage room from above to below without being covered by the shelf 80. In addition, at least one of the plurality of LEDs of the lighting device 900 has an optical axis configured to illuminate a storage room door (such as a refrigerator door) when the storage room door (such as a refrigerator door 7) is opened. Sheet 7). Therefore, even when the surroundings of the refrigerator 1 are dark at night, the door pockets can be irradiated not only in the storage room, but also a refrigerator that is easy for users to use.

The above-mentioned system is the 760 air-conditioning system installed on the back wall of the storage room. The example is formed by another component (for example, the first air path module 762) with respect to the inner box 750 forming the recessed portion 440. However, the first air path module 762 may be formed or formed integrally with the inner box 750. In this case, the inner box in the widthwise direction (left and right direction) of the recessed portion 440 formed by the inner box 750 forming the back wall is formed into a cross-sectional arc shape (or arch shape or U Instead of the first air path unit 762, the protruding portion may be projected into the storage room. Moreover, the space between the arc-shaped (or arch-shaped or U-shaped) protruding portion formed by the inner box and the vacuum insulation material 400 can be used as the cold air path 760. When it is difficult to form the cold air path 760 only by the arc-shaped protrusion and the vacuum insulation material 400, a second wind such as a cross-section ellipse may be provided in the space between the protrusion and the vacuum insulation material 400.路 组合 764 The road component 764. In this way, if the first air path module 762 is replaced with the inner box 750, the first air path module 762 is not required, and the first air path module does not need to be assembled to the inner box 750, which can improve the assemblability. Insulated cabinets, refrigerators, and machines with a high number of components and low cost and high design.

(Other heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators)

Fig. 11 is a front sectional view of a heat-insulating box according to a first embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 12 shows a rear view of the heat-insulating box. Fig. 13 is a perspective view of the heat-insulating box viewed from the front side. Fig. 14 shows a perspective view of the heat-insulating box viewed from the surface side (rear side). Parts corresponding to Figures 1 to 10 are marked with the same Symbols and their explanations are omitted. In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is an article which is actually arranged in the inner wall space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. However, in FIG. 12, in order to make the shape of the vacuum insulation material 400 disposed on the back wall of the refrigerator 1 easy to understand, the vacuum insulation material 400 is shown through the back surface of the outer case 710 (that is, shown by a solid line). Vacuum insulation material 400). In addition, in FIG. 13, illustration of the rail portion 755 is omitted.

The refrigerator 1 includes a heat-insulating box 700 made of, for example, an outer metal The box 710 and an inner box 750 made of, for example, a resin. In addition, an inner wall space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 (for example, the top surface, the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, and the bottom surface of the refrigerator 1 or the heat insulation box 700) is disposed (filled) as a heat insulation material Rigid polyurethane foam and / or vacuum insulation material 400.

The heat-insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 of the first embodiment is formed. It has a bottomed rectangular tube shape (slightly rectangular parallelepiped shape) in which the top surface, the bottom surface, and the side surfaces are closed, and the shape has an opening portion having an opening at the front portion. Further, the heat-insulating box 700 is divided into a plurality of storage compartments (for example, a refrigerating compartment 2, an ice-making compartment 3, a switching compartment 4, a vegetable compartment 5, Freezer compartment 6 etc.). A sheet metal covering portion 34 (for example, a thickness of 0.5 mm or more) formed of a sheet metal on the front side is attached to these partition plates 24 by a fixing member such as a screw. The sheet metal covering portion 34 is fixed to the heat insulation box 700 with screws or the like, whereby the partition plate 24 is mounted on the heat insulation box 700. In this manner, the partition plate 24 is attached to the heat insulation box 700 using the sheet metal covering portion 34, and the strength of the heat insulation box 700 can be improved.

In addition, in the refrigerator 1 or the heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment, For example, in the storage room such as the refrigerating room 2, the vegetable room 5, or the freezing room 6, the side wall 790 forms a shelf 80 for supporting the storage room or a drawer-type storage room (such as a drawer-type door or a drawer). (Such as a rail or a rail holding portion) 755.

The heat-insulating box 700 having such a structure is manufactured as described later. First, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered and fixed to the outer case 710 with a second adhesive in advance. Next, the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 are fixed by, for example, adhesion in a state where the inner wall space 315 is provided. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 14, the raw material of the rigid polyurethane foam is changed from the polyurethane formed on the back side in a state where the back side of the heat insulation box 700 is on the upper side. The injection ports 703 and 704 are injected to make them integrally foam in the space 315, thereby filling the inner wall space 315 with a rigid polyurethane foam.

In the present embodiment, polyurethane is used in a portion (for example, the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441 or the side wall 790 or the door (7, 8, 9, 10, 11), etc.) provided with the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The main purpose of the acid ester is not as a heat insulating material, but as an adhesive. That is, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, the securing of the heat insulation performance is responded by setting the coverage or filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more. For example, in a part of or the entire range of the recessed portion 440, for example, a rigid polyurethane coated or filled in the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 is used as a main purpose of the adhesive function. As the adhesive, the adhesive applied or filled in the space 315 between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 (or the outer case 710) in the wall (the back wall 730 of the refrigerator 1) can be used as long as the adhesive is satisfied. The adhesive strength (adhesive strength, adhesive properties) is sufficient, so the predetermined thickness as the adhesive is preferably thin, and is about 11 mm or less. Preferably, it is preferably about 6 mm or less.

In addition, in order to satisfy the adhesive force (adhesiveness) as an adhesive Yes), and to ensure that the strength of the box is above a predetermined value when adhering, the thickness of the adhesive must be above the predetermined thickness, preferably 1 mm or more. Here, even if there is unevenness on the surface of the vacuum insulation material 400 or the unevenness on the surface of the inner case 750 (or the outer case 710), the space between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case (or the outer case) is slightly coated or It is preferable to fill the adhesive so that the adhesive covers the entire area of the space 315 containing the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) with unevenness. Therefore, it is preferably more than 3 mm. .

Here, it is not limited to the recessed part 440 provided in the back wall, In the other part of 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, or the partition wall 24, etc., when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, the portion opposite to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, like the recess 440, can make the vacuum The heat insulating material 400 and the wall surface (the inner wall of the inner box 750 or the outer box 710) are directly adhered, and the inner space 315 of the wall only needs to ensure a predetermined thickness as an adhesive. Therefore, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably about 11 mm or less, more preferably about 6 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or more, and even more preferably 3 mm or more.

Here, a polyamino-filled material is provided on the back side of the heat-insulating box 700. The injection ports 703 and 704 of the foamed heat-insulating material such as formic acid ester. Therefore, the space inside the heat-insulating box 700 (the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is located opposite the injection ports 703 and 704). The space) 315 is filled with polyurethane foam and it is difficult to arrange the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, the vacuum insulation material 400 is provided on the back side of the heat insulation box 700 except for the portions facing the injection ports 703 and 704. For example, use in and injection port 703, The vacuum insulation material 400 having a notch at the position opposite to 704, and the vacuum insulation material 400 has been arranged so that the notch 33 is hollowed out at the position opposite to the injection ports 703 and 704, without hindering the filling of the polyurethane and the flow.

A vacuum heat insulating material disposed on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 400 is, for example, not a single body, but is divided into plural numbers (for example, 2 to 3) and arranged side by side, as long as it is arranged at a position opposite to the injection ports 703 and 704 and has a size equal to or larger than the injection ports 703 and 704 or larger The vacuum insulation material 400 of the notch portion 33 such as a notch or an opening may be sufficient. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not need to be divided, and may be a single vacuum heat insulating material 400. As long as the polyurethane filled with the injection ports 703 and 704 is not inhibited or prevented from filling or flowing into the necessary part of the heat insulation box 700, it may be a vacuum provided with a gap or opening in the vacuum insulation material 400. Insulation material 400.

In this embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a notch 33 in at least one corner, and the notch 33 is arranged to face the injection ports 703 and 704. The vacuum insulation material 400 is formed in a corner portion facing the injection ports 703 and 704 in a state of being disposed in the heat insulation box 700, and a notch portion 33 is formed in a corner portion of the vacuum insulation material 400. 33 is arranged at a position opposite to the injection ports 703 and 704, so that the injection ports 703, 704 and the vacuum insulation material 400 do not interfere with each other, thereby increasing the arrangement area of the vacuum insulation material 400 and avoiding The inlets 703 and 704 are placed, and a vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed (a raw solution of a rigid polyurethane foam can be injected without being blocked by the vacuum insulation material 400). By disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in such a configuration, it is possible to provide the heat insulation box 700 or the refrigerator 1 which is excellent in heat insulation performance and can ensure the strength of the box. Here, in the case where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not provided with the notch portion 33, the vacuum insulation material 400 may be disposed by avoiding the injection ports 703 and 704. can. (The vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed at a position that does not obstruct the injection ports 703 and 704.)

Here, the injection ports 703 and 704 are preferably located between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 forming the side wall 790.

In addition, the formation positions of the injection ports 703 and 704 are only examples, and they may be appropriately formed in accordance with the shape of the heat insulation box 700, that is, the shape of the inner wall space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. Therefore, the positions where the injection ports 703 and 704 are provided may be formed on any one side (left side, right side, front, back, top, bottom, etc.) according to the shape of the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1.

Fig. 22 is a rear view of the heat-insulating box 700 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In Fig. 22, parts corresponding to those in Figs. 1 to 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof are omitted. In FIG. 22, in order to make the shape of the vacuum insulation material 400 arranged on the back wall of the refrigerator 1 easy to understand, the vacuum insulation material 400 is shown through the back of the outer case 710 (that is, the vacuum insulation is shown by a solid line). Hot material 400).

In FIG. 22, filling ports (filling ports) 703, 704 for filling or injecting rigid polyurethane foam, etc., which are arranged on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 are provided in the lower part of the back of the heat insulating box 700 Or four positions near the four corners (near the four corners) of the back wall portion of the machine room 1A on the upper back side. The positions of the filling ports 703 and 704 are set at a predetermined distance Y1 from the left or right end of the heat insulation box 700 in the width direction, and at a predetermined distance Y2 from the upper or lower end of the machine room 1A in the vertical direction. position. Here, when the thickness of the side wall 790 is T1 mm, and the length in the width direction (diameter in the case of a circle) of the filling port is r1, the predetermined distance Y1 in the width direction is preferably T1 + r1 or less, so that from When the filling ports (injection ports) 703 and 704 are filled with a filler such as polyurethane, a filler such as polyurethane can smoothly flow into the side wall 790. For example, when the thickness of the side wall 790 is 20 mm to 50 mm and the diameters of the filling ports 703 and 704 are 25 mm to 50 mm, if the filling ports 703 and 704 are disposed at a predetermined distance T01 mm (for example, 10 mm) from the end of the side wall 790, Since the predetermined distance Y1 is T01 + r1 or more and T1 + r1 or less, it is preferably 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less.

In addition, the thickness of the heat insulation partition wall separating the machine room and the storage room from the top wall or the bottom wall is T2mm, and when the length of the filling port in the vertical direction (diameter in the case of a circle) is r2, the predetermined distance in the vertical direction Y2 is preferably T2 + r2 or less, so that when filling materials such as polyurethane are filled from the filling ports (injection ports) 703 and 704, the filling materials such as polyurethane can smoothly flow into the top wall or In the bottom wall or partition wall, the thickness of the top wall or bottom wall or partition wall is 20 mm to 50 mm, and the diameter of the filling port is 25 mm to 50 mm. If the filling ports 703 and 704 are arranged at a predetermined distance from the end of the wall surface T02mm (for example, 10mm) or more, the predetermined distance Y2 is T02 + r2 or more and T2 + r2 or less, so it is preferably 35mm or more and 80mm or less.

Here, as shown in FIG. 8, when the convex portion 450 protruding toward the indoor (storage room) side is provided, if the filling ports 703 and 704 are provided in the range where the convex portion 450 is provided (the triangular shape of the convex portion 450 is substantially triangular). The beveled edge 456 and the back wall 730 or the predetermined portion 797 or 798 where the side wall 790 is connected can be filled smoothly. Therefore, if the widthwise length of the convex portion 450 is A, the predetermined distance Y1 is T01 + r1 or more. Further, T1 + A or less is preferable. If the length of the convex portion 450 in the vertical direction is B, the predetermined distance Y2 is preferably T02 + r2 or more and T2 + B or less. Therefore, if the convex part The width A of 450 in the width direction is, for example, 180 mm to 200 mm, and the predetermined distance Y1 is 250 mm or less (preferably 230 mm or less). Even if a filler such as polyurethane is filled into the hypotenuse of the convex portion 450 (for It is also possible to have an arc shape) 456, because the hypotenuse is inclined, and can be smoothly injected into the side wall 790, the top wall 740, and the like, so there is no problem.

(Rail structure of side wall)

Here, a case where a rail portion (for example, a rail or a rail mounting portion) 755 for supporting the shelf 80 or a drawer-type storage room (for example, a drawer-type door or a drawer box) is formed on the side wall 790 will be described.

Fig. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 26 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a substantial part showing the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In Figs. 24 to 27, parts corresponding to those in Figs. 1 to 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof are omitted. In Figures 24 to 27, the corresponding parts are marked with the same symbols, so the description in one figure is omitted and the description in the other figures is omitted.

In FIG. 24, for example, in a storage compartment such as the refrigerating compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the freezing compartment 6, the inner box 750 includes a concave inner box concave portion 717 or a convex inner box convex portion on the side wall 790. A rail portion (for example, a rail or a rail holding portion) 755 and a rail structure 810 are formed to support a shelf 80 or a drawer-type storage room (for example, a drawer-type door or a drawer-type box) provided in the storage room. The rail support 820 is fixed to the inner box 750 or the reinforcing structure by a fixing member 735 such as a screw. Material 731 or heat insulation material 701 such as polyurethane. Therefore, in the side wall 790, the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as rigid polyurethane foam as a third intermediary material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to a predetermined thickness (in 11mm or less, preferably 10mm or less, and 6mm or less is recommended.) If the wall thickness is reduced to increase the volume of the storage room, the fixed members such as screws used to fix or retain the rail member or reinforcing member may be injured. To or damage the outer material of the vacuum insulation material 400.

Here, if the length of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is shortened so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not damaged, the fixing strength or holding strength for fixing or holding the rail member 810 becomes weak, and the rail member 810 becomes weaker. When the box 520 or the shelf 80 is provided, the fixed member 735 may be separated from the inner box 750 due to the weight of the storage or the box 520 or the shelf 80 when storing or placing the storage object. In the case of a drawer-type box with two rails, if the amount of the box 550 is large when the box 550 is pulled out, when the box 520 or the like is installed on the track member 810, the track portion 755 may be stored or stored. The weight of 520, etc., deforms the mounting portion of the inner box 750 relative to the position of the rail member 810 or the reinforcing member 731, which may cause the drawer box 520 to fail to be pulled out smoothly. Here, from the viewpoint of ensuring the strength, it is difficult to make the length of the fixing member 735 such as a screw inserted into and fixed in the polyurethane 701 (the length of the screw portion) shorter than 10 mm, and it is generally ensured that it is 15 mm or more. It is difficult to make the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam 701 of the third intermediary material between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 be 15 mm or less (11 mm or less (for example, preferably less than 10 mm)). In particular, in order to ensure heat insulation, the polyurethane used in the past has been used in a small range with a density of 60 kg / m ³ or less. Therefore, there are many voids in the polyurethane, and it is used to hold fixing members such as screws. The strength is small, so the length of the fixing member such as a screw must be long.

In the aspect of the present invention, the heat insulation box 700 or the side wall of the refrigerator 1 790, the inner box 750 forms a track for supporting a shelf 80 or a drawer-type box (for example, a drawer-type storage room or a door of a storage room or a drawer-type box, etc.) installed indoors (storage room, etc.) 520 A portion (for example, a rail mounting portion or a rail holding portion) 755 is provided with a vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at a portion of the inner box 750 facing the rail portion 755. Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at a portion of the inner box 750 opposite to the rail portion 755, fixing members 735 such as screws are not provided on the side wall 790. The partition wall 24 provided on the lower surface of the formation chamber or the partition wall (upper wall) 24 or the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780 of the formation chamber may be provided. In this case, the fixing member is provided on the bottom wall 780 or the lower partition wall 24 or the upper partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 near the side wall 790. Therefore, the bottom wall 780 or the lower partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 is provided. Alternatively, when the vacuum insulation material 400 is also disposed on the upper partition wall 24, the vacuum insulation material 400 may be disposed so as to avoid a portion where the fixed structural member 735 is provided, a design cutout, or the like. In this way, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be arranged on the side wall 790, and the wall thickness can be reduced.

In addition, in the present embodiment, even if the length of the fixing member 735 (the length of the screw portion) inserted into the fixing member 735 such as a screw in the polyurethane 701 which is the third intermediate member is shorter than 10 mm, if it is used as the third member, polyurethane intermediary girders density in the range of greater than 60kg / m ^3, the voids in the urethane poly less lower than the density of 60kg / m ^3, the holding member fixing configuration such as screws 735 The strength of the polyurethane is increased, and the holding strength of the fixing member 735 is increased. In this case, a plate-shaped reinforcing member (screw fixing portion) 731 made of resin or metal is formed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, and the fixing member 735 is inserted into the screw fixing portion 731 to insert it. Fixed also. The thickness of the reinforcing member 731 may be a thickness capable of holding or fixing a fixing member 735 such as a screw, and it is set to be 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less. In this case, if the density of the polyurethane as the third intermediary structure material is more than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength of the reinforcing structure material (screw fixing portion) 731 in the polyurethane 701 can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to suppress deformation and the like of the rail portion 755 and the reinforcing member 735 of the inner box 750, and it is also possible to suppress the positional deviation of the reinforcing member 731 in the polyurethane 701. Especially in the case of a two-stage track structure that can be pulled out in two stages, the fixing or holding strength of the fixed structure must be large, but as long as the density of the polyurethane is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , it can be done without problems. use. In addition, the thickness of the heat-insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is preferably 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm) and 6 mm or less. Even if the length of the screw portion of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is 10 mm or less, the screw portion faces The protruding length of the polyurethane heat insulation material 701 is shortened (the amount of shortening is the thickness (for example, 1 to 2 mm) of the inner box 750 of the portion (track portion 755) of the fixing screw 735), or the thickness of the reinforcing member 731 (for example, 1 ~ 8mm)), therefore, the screw 735 does not damage or break the vacuum insulation material 400.

That is, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, a side wall 790 of a rail member 810 for a drawer-type storage room, and a rail portion (rail mounting portion) on which the rail member 810 is installed. The thickness of the foam insulation material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) at 755 is 701 or less. The thickness of the foam insulation material / (the thickness of the foam insulation material + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material) Thickness) is 0.3 or less, and the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , thereby suppressing the falling off of the fixing member 735 such as a screw or increasing the holding strength or fixing of the fixing member 735 such as a screw Since the rail portion 755 is not deformed in strength, it is possible to smoothly enter and exit the box 520 and the like. In addition, the rail portion (rail mounting portion) 755 or the inner case 750 of the fixing member 735 such as a mounting screw is not damaged, and reliability is improved.

Rail structure 810 is fixed or held in the storage room 2, 3, 4, 5, The opening and closing door plates 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 of 6 are composed of the upper track 811 as the moving track which is pulled out when the door is opened and closed, and the lower track as the fixed track fixed to the side wall 790 of the storage room. 812, an intermediate rail 813 provided between the upper rail 811 and the lower rail 812, a rail supporting part fixing member 836 fixed with screws or welding, etc. The structural member 835 is fixed to the box support portion 830 of the upper rail 811, and a plurality of bearings 815 which are slewing support members supporting the engagement of the intermediate rail 813 and the upper rail 811 and the lower rail 812. The rail support portion 820 is fixed to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 of the storage room 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 by a fixing member 735 such as a screw. In addition, the box support portion 830 supports the box 520 provided in the storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. The box 520 moves in the front-rear direction with the movement of the upper track 811, which is a moving track, (the box 520 follows the Moving in the front-rear direction following the movement of the upper rail 811, the box 520 enters and exits in the front-rear direction). In addition, the middle rail 813 moves in the front-rear direction as the upper rail 811 moves in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the boxes 520 of each storage room 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 are synchronized with each storage room door sheet 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and pulled out forward and backward with respect to the refrigerator 1, and move forward and backward together with the upper rail 811 When the door of each storage room is fully opened, the box 520 is freely removable in the upward direction.

Here, the lower rail 812 and the rail supporting portion 820 may be formed as One. That is, the lower rail 812 and the rail support portion 820 may be fused in advance, thereby fixing and integrating them. In this case, the screws for fixing the structural member 836 as the rail support portion are not required, and the assemblability is improved. In addition, a part of the lower rail 812 can be used as the rail support portion 820. In this case, no welding or screws are required, and therefore, rail assemblies and refrigerators with good assemblability can be obtained at low cost.

The rail support 820 of the rail member 810 is fixed by the rail member 735 And it is fixed or held on the rail part 755 of the inner case 750 which comprises the side wall 790 of each storage room. Here, because the rail member 810 has a certain size, it protrudes (protrudes) toward the storage compartment side while being mounted on the storage compartment side of the rail portion 755. In order to reduce the amount of protrusion into the storage compartment ( It is preferable that the rail portion 755 is recessed toward the outer box 710 when viewed from the storage room side. Therefore, the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 has a shape that is recessed toward the outer box 710 and forms the inner box recessed portion 717. In this way, by installing the rail member 810 from the storage room side to the inner box recessed portion 717 in which the rail portion 755 is recessed toward the outer box 710 side, the volume in the storage room and the volume of the box 520 can be increased.

Outer case 710 side (and storage room side) of track portion 755 of inner case 750 On the opposite side), a reinforcing member 731 is provided between the vacuum insulating material 400 and a insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum insulating material 400 as a third intermediate member. The reinforcing structural member 731 is fixed or held in the rail portion 755 in a slightly tight manner by a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane. Between the track portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, a track portion 755, a reinforcing member 731, a polyurethane heat insulating material 701, a vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the like are provided in this order from the inner box 750 side, and Outside the box 710. Here, in this embodiment, a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, Since the heat insulation performance and the strength of the cabinet are provided by the vacuum insulation material 400, a third intermediary material may be used instead of the heat insulation material 701 as an adhesive. In this case, rigid polyurethane or the like may be used. A self-adhesive foam insulation material is used as an adhesive. In addition, the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are fixed by the 2nd adhesive agent of the 2nd interposing material, such as a hot-melt or double-sided tape.

Here, the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to 15 mm or more (preferably 13 mm or more). In addition, since the thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is set to 11 mm or less (for example, 10 mm or less), the thickness P can be increased. The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is used to increase the strength of the cabinet 700 or the refrigerator 1. In addition, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the reinforcing structural member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be smaller than the predetermined thickness P, for example, 6 mm or less, so that the strength can be further improved. In addition, since the density of the heat-insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is set to be greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength or fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw can be increased, and the screw can be prevented from becoming loose or detached. In addition, by improving the holding strength or the fixing strength of the reinforcing structural member 731, it is possible to suppress the positional displacement of the reinforcing structural member 731 or the deformation of the screw due to the positional displacement or the deformation of the track portion 755 of the inner box 750, thereby achieving reliability. Tall refrigerator or machine.

In FIG. 25, the reinforcing member 731 is made of metal or resin. It is composed of a plate-shaped reinforcing member main body portion 734 to which the fixing member 735 is fixed, and a plate-like reinforcing member extending portion provided on the upper end or upper portion of the reinforcing member main body portion 734 and extending in a slightly horizontal direction. Upper 732, a plate-shaped reinforcing member provided at the lower end or lower portion of the reinforcing member body portion 734 and extending in a slightly horizontal direction The extended lower portion 733, the reinforced structural material main body portion 734, the reinforced structural material extended portion upper portion 732, and the reinforced structural material extended portion lower portion 733 are integrally formed (assembled as a whole) or integrally formed.

The reinforcing member 731 is adhered to the outer box 710 side of the inner box recessed part 717 of the inner rail 755 of the inner box 750 with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape, and is then filled with polyurethane. The heat insulation material 701 such as this allows the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 to be fixed or held. The reinforcing structural member 731 is formed by extending the reinforcing structural member extending portion 732 and the reinforcing structural member extending portion 733 from the end surface of the reinforcing structural body portion 734 in the same direction to form a U-shaped cross section. The reinforcing structural body portion 734 is provided On the bottom surface (recess) of the inner box recess 717, based on the positional relationship between the reinforcing member extension 732 and the 718 on the recessed section forming the inner box recess 717, the reinforcing member 731 is provided in the inner box recess. The outer box of the 717 is on the 710 side. In addition, the reinforcing member extension portion lower portion 733 is provided to be opposed to the concave portion portion lower portion 719 forming the inner box concave portion 717. Therefore, the reinforcing member 731 can easily perform positioning of the upper member 732 or the lower member 733 on the inner box 750. In addition, since the reinforcing member 731 can be installed so as to cover the inner box recess 717 from the outer box 710 side, the positioning or installation of the reinforcing member 731 with respect to the inner box 750 becomes easy, and the strength of the inner box recess 717 is also improved. . Here, if the reinforcing member 731 is formed or formed into either the upper member 732 or the lower member 733 of the reinforcing member extension section, the reinforcing member 732 or the reinforcing member can be reinforced by the reinforcing member extension section 731. Each of the extended lower portion 733 and the recessed portion upper portion 718 or the recessed portion lower portion 719 is positioned, and therefore any of them can be omitted (as long as any one is provided).

In addition, in FIG. 25, the rail supporting portion 820 is formed integrally with the lower rail 812 which is a fixed rail of the rail member 810 by welding. Therefore, The rail member 810 can be easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. In addition, the rail member 810 is placed under the recessed section 719 of the rail member mounting portion as the inner box recessed portion 717 through the rail supporting portion 820 or the fixed lower rail 812, and is positioned so that the rail member 810 does not face It moves downward, and on the upper side of the lower section 719, a fixing portion for fixing or holding the rail support portion 820 with screws or the like is provided, and it is fixed or fixed to the fixing portion (movement suppression portion) to suppress the rail support portion 820 or The rail member 810 moves upward or horizontally.

The rail member 810 is placed under the recessed section 719 as the rail member mounting portion. Therefore, the rail support portion 820 that supports the rail member 810 can be suppressed from being deformed downward due to the weight of the box 520, so that it can be smooth The door sheet or the box 520 is accessed in and out. Here, the box 520 is a container with an upper opening formed by a bottom wall of the box and four side walls of the box, and a mold release angle is set during manufacture. Therefore, the side wall of the box forming the box 520 is oriented upward and downward toward the central axis of the box 520 Orientation. That is, the width of the box 520 is formed so that the lower end is narrower than the upper end.

Therefore, the gap (length) between the box 520 and the side wall 790 is larger at the lower end of the box 520 than at the upper end. Therefore, when the box 520 is supported by the rail member 810, if the rail member 810 is supported below the height direction of the box 520, the volume of the box 520 can be increased, which is better. Supporting the box 520 with the rail member 810 (for example, the box supporting part 830) at a position which is less than 1/2 (preferably 1/3) of the height of the box 520 can increase the width of the box, and therefore can increase the Volume. In this case, a box step portion 525 may be provided on a side wall of the box of the box 520, and the box step portion 525 is supported by the box support portion 830 of the rail member 810. Thereby, the box 520 can be easily supported. In addition, it may be supported near the lower end in the height direction of the box 520 (for example, half of the height of the box 520 or less) Down (at 1/3)), but if the bottom of the bottom wall of the box is supported, it is not necessary to provide a box step 525 in the box 520, which makes the box 520 easy to manufacture.

A heat insulating material 701 (e.g., a rigid polyamino acid), such as a polyurethane, filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer box 710) forming the recessed section 719 serving as the rail mounting portion. When the density of the formate foam is 60 kg / m ³ or more, the strength of the recessed section 719 as the rail structure mounting portion is increased. Therefore, even if a heavy object is stored in the box 520, it is used as the rail structure 810. The lower part 719 of the recessed section of the rail structure mounting portion is not deformed. Therefore, it is possible to enter and exit the box 520 stably, and obtain a highly reliable refrigerator or machine.

In addition, in FIGS. 24 and 25, the inner box recessed portion 717 can accommodate at least a part of the rail member 810 (for example, the rail support portion 820, etc.) or the entirety. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the protrusion of the rail member 810 to the storage room side. Therefore, the volume in the storage room can be increased, and the volume of the box 520 can also be increased.

In FIGS. 24 and 25, when the inner box 750 is viewed from the storage room side, an example in which the reinforcing member 731 is provided on the outer box 710 side of the recessed inner box recess 717 is shown. However, in FIG. 26, it is shown as When the inner box 750 is viewed from the storage room side, an example in which the reinforcing member 731 is provided on the outer box 710 side of the protruding inner box projection 727. In the figure, an inner box 750 of a side wall 790 is formed, and a rail portion 755 protrudes toward the storage room side to form an inner box convex portion 727. The inner box convex portion 727 has a convex portion upper portion 728 and a convex portion lower portion 729, and the convex portion is formed by the convex portion upper portion 728 and the convex portion lower portion 729.

In FIG. 26, the inner box convex portion 727 has a concave shape when viewed from the outer box 710 side, and the reinforcing member 731 is stored in the concave portion of the inner box convex portion 727 formed on the outer box 710 side (accommodating at least a part thereof). Or all). Positioning of the strong member 731 in the vertical or horizontal direction. In addition, by accommodating at least a part or all of the reinforcing member 731 in the concave portion of the inner box convex portion 727 formed on the outer box 710 side, the amount of protrusion of the reinforcing member 731 to the outer box 710 side can be reduced. When the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer box 710) and the inner box 750, the width of the polyurethane flow path can be suppressed (in the vacuum heat insulating material) The thickness (R) of the heat-insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the material 400 and the reinforcing structure 731 is narrowed to make it difficult for the polyurethane to flow. Therefore, the thickness R of the polyurethane heat insulating material 701 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the reinforcing structure 731 can be sufficiently ensured without hindering the flow of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the holding strength of the reinforcing member 731 or a decrease in the fixing or holding strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw.

In addition, the rail supporting portion 820 is integrated with the rail 812 below the fixed rail as the rail member 810 by welding. Therefore, it is easy to assemble the rail member 810 to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. In addition, the rail supporting portion 820 is placed on the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 provided between the storage rooms, and the rail structure 810 is positioned so as not to move downward. In addition, the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 A fixing portion that fixes or holds the rail support portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided, and is fixed or fixed to the fixed portion (movement suppression portion) to suppress the rail support portion 820 or the rail member 810 from moving upward or laterally. Here, a vacuum insulation material 400 is provided on the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780.

The rail member 810 is provided on the outer box 710 side of the inner box recessed portion 717 of the inner box 750 in FIGS. 24 and 25, and on the outer box 710 side of the inner box raised portion 727 in FIG. 26. However, The rail member 810 is not provided in the inner box recess 717 or If necessary, the box convex portion 727 may be provided in the flat portion of the inner box 750 as shown in FIG. 27.

In FIG. 27, the rail member 810 is provided in the rail portion of the inner box 750 755, and the rail portion 755 is fixed to a flat surface of the inner case 750 by a fixing member 735 such as a screw. Further, a reinforcing member 731 is provided on the surface of the outer box 710 side of the rail portion 755, and the reinforcing member is fixed or held by a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum insulating material 400 and the vacuum insulating material 400. 731. At this time, the reinforcing member 731 is filled with the heat insulating material 701 in a state of being adhered or fixed to the inner case 750 by a second adhesive material such as hot melt or double-sided tape, thereby holding or fixing the inner case 750. The surface of the outer box 710 side.

In Fig. 27, as in Figs. 24 to 26, the density of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is greater than 60 kg / m ^3. Therefore, the holding strength or fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is enhanced. And prevent the screws from loosening or falling off. In addition, the holding strength or fixing strength of the reinforcing structural member 731 is enhanced, and the occurrence of the positional displacement of the reinforcing structural member 731, or the deformation of the screw due to the positional displacement, or the deformation of the track portion 755 of the inner box 750 can be suppressed. And get a highly reliable refrigerator or machine.

Filled in the rail portion 755 of the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 The thickness P of the heat insulation material 701 such as polyurethane is set to 11 mm or less (for example, 10 mm or less), and preferably 6 mm or less. Therefore, the thickness of the heat insulation material 701 such as polyurethane can be increased. Bending elasticity to increase the strength of the cabinet 700 or the refrigerator 1. In addition, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be smaller than a predetermined thickness P, for example, 6 mm or less, so that the strength can be further improved.

In addition, in FIG. 27, an end portion (for example, a lower end) of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 forms a protruding portion 757 of the inner box 750 protruding toward the storage room side, and a rail support portion 820 of the rail member 810 is placed on The upper surface of the protruding portion 757. The protruding length of the protruding portion 757 in the width direction of the storage room side is set to be shorter than the protruding length of the rail member 810 in the width direction. Compared to the rail member 810, the protruding portion 757 protrudes less into the storage room. The volume of the storage room or the box becomes small.

In addition, the rail supporting portion 820 is integrated with the rail 812 below the fixed rail as the rail member 810 by welding. Therefore, it is easy to assemble the rail member 810 to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. In addition, the rail supporting portion 820 is placed on the upper side of the protruding portion 757 formed at the end (lower end) of the rail portion 755, and the rail member 810 is positioned so as not to move downward. The upper side is provided with a fixing portion that fixes or holds the rail support portion 820 with screws or the like, and fixes or holds the fixed portion (movement suppression portion) to suppress the rail support portion 820 or the rail member 810 from moving upward or laterally. .

Here, in FIGS. 24 and 26, the rail portion 755 is provided near the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780. Therefore, the rail member 810 is installed near the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 and is positioned in the height direction of the box 520. Supporting it at a lower position can improve the placement strength of the rail structure 810, but in FIGS. 25 and 27, the rail portion 755 and the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 have a predetermined distance G. Therefore, the rail can be moved The structural member 810 is mounted on the upper part of the predetermined distance G from the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780. Therefore, the support position of the box 520 can be set at the upper part, and the box can be smoothly entered and exited. In addition, since the length of the box supporting portion 830 of the rail member 810 can be shortened, the strength can be increased, and the cost can be reduced. This rail structure, refrigerator.

Here, a step portion 525 may be provided on a side wall of the box 520, so that The box supporting portion 830 of the rail member 810 supports the box step portion 525. Thereby, the box 520 can be easily supported. In addition, it can be supported below or near the lower end of the box 520 in the height direction (for example, the position of the box 520 is less than 1/2 (preferably 1/3)), but if it is supported on the inside of the bottom wall of the box , It is not necessary to provide a box step portion 525 in the box 520, so that the box 520 is easy to manufacture.

Polyurethane filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 (or the outer box 710) in which the rail portion end portion (rail portion protruding portion) 757 which is a rail mounting portion protruding toward the storage room side is formed. When the density of a heat insulating material 701 such as an ester (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) is 60 kg / m ³ or more, the strength of the rail portion end portion 757 as the rail structure mounting portion is increased. The box 520 stores heavy objects, and the rail portion end 757 of the rail structure mounting portion on which the rail structure 810 is placed is not deformed. Therefore, the box 520 can be stably entered and exited, and a highly reliable refrigerator or machine .

Here, the rail structure 810 may not be provided on the side wall 790. It can be installed on the partition wall of the storage room provided with the rail structure 810 (including the partition wall provided between the storage room and the storage room and forming the bottom wall or the upper partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 or the top wall 740 of the storage room) . That is, the rail support portion 820 supporting the rail structure 810 may be provided (or may be placed) on the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780). As described above, if the rail support portion 820 supporting the rail structure 810 is provided on the partition wall 24 of the storage room, it is not necessary to provide the fixed structure 735 on the side wall 790. Therefore, the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400 disposed on the side wall can be increased In addition, the filling in the side wall 790 can be reduced in a vacuum The thickness of a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. Therefore, the volume in the storage room or the volume of the box 520 can be increased.

Here, in a case where the rail supporting portion 820 is provided on the partition wall, the vacuum insulation material 400 may not be disposed on the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 or the top wall 740 at the position where the fixed member 735 is provided. In addition, if a reinforcing member of a fixed member such as a fixing screw is provided at a position where the fixed member 735 is provided, the fixing strength or holding strength of the fixed member is increased. In addition, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer frame material forming the partition wall are filled, coated, or placed with a heat insulating material such as rigid polyurethane foam or expanded styrene, greater than the density of hot material 60kg / m ^3, is increased or the holding fixing member 810 fixed orbital configuration girders or holding or fixing strength of the reinforcing member of the structure, thereby improving the reliability.

The above is a description of the case where the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is fixed with screws or the like from the inside of the storage room (the screw heads of the screws that fix the structural member 735 are provided in the storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and the fixed member 735 is fixed. When the screw portion is provided between the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400), the screw 735 fixing the structural member may be fixed from the inner side of the side wall 790 and protrude to the storage room 2, 3 , 4, 5, and 6, in this case, the screw head is provided between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 (the screw portion is fixed to the rail portion 755 or the rail reinforcing member 731 or polyurethane Insulation material 701), etc. In this case, the density of the polyurethane is also greater than 60 kg / m ^3. Therefore, the strength of the polyurethane 701 increases, and the fixing members 735 such as screws and the polymer Insulation materials 701 such as urethane, inner box 750, and heat insulation materials 701 such as polyurethane increase the fixing strength or holding strength. Therefore, it is possible to suppress deformation of the inner box or the like or to reinforce the position of the structural member 731. The offset or loosening of the screws can allow the box 520 and the like to be pulled out smoothly (with smooth entry and exit).

In the aspect of the present invention, the side rail 790 is provided with a rail member. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (such as rigid polyurethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the part facing positions is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), so that Since the bending elastic modulus of polyurethane can be increased, the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the strength of the wall. In addition, if the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 facing the position where the rail structure member is provided on the side wall 790 is set to About 6 mm or less, the bending elastic modulus of polyurethane can be further increased, and thus the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the wall strength.

In addition, the thickness of ( (Thickness + thickness of the vacuum insulation material) is set to 0.3 or less, which can reduce the composite thermal conductivity of the composite structural material composed of the foamed insulation material and the vacuum insulation material, so that the insulation performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. .

In addition, by making the polyurethane foamed density greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the wall.

As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, if a foam insulation material (for example, a rigid polyurethane) is provided between the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 facing the position where the rail structure is provided on the side wall 790 The thickness of the foam plastic is set to about 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), and the thickness of the foamed heat insulation material / (thickness of the foamed heat insulation material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulation material) is set to 0.3 or less, so that When the density of the polyurethane after foaming is more than 60 kg / m ³ , the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the wall. Here, the thickness of the foamed heat-insulating material in the above formula is the thickness of polyurethane. Therefore, the thickness of the foamed heat-insulating material may be filled in the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the track portion 755 of the inner box 750. Thickness P of thermal insulation material 701 such as polyurethane, or thickness Q of thermal insulation material 701 such as polyurethane filled between vacuum insulation material 400 and inner box 750, or filling The thickness R of the heat-insulating material 701 such as polyurethane, which is used to reinforce the structural member 731 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. For example, when the thickness R of the thermal insulation material 701 such as polyurethane between the reinforcing structural material 731 and the vacuum insulation material 400 is used as the thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material, the thickness R / (The thickness R of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) may be set to 0.3 or less. Similarly, when P or Q is used as the thickness, the thickness R may be replaced with P or Q. In addition, the thickness of the polyurethane shown in FIGS. 17, 18, and 19 may be a heat insulating material such as a polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Thickness P of 701, thickness Q of insulation material 701 such as polyurethane filled between vacuum insulation material 400 and inner case 750, polyurethane filled with reinforcement structure 731 and vacuum insulation material 400 The thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as an acid ester.

In addition, if the vacuum insulation material 400 uses a bending elasticity of 20 MPa As described above, the wall thickness can be further reduced. Here, the rail structure is not fixed to the side wall 790, and it may be fixed to the bottom wall 780 or the bottom partition wall 24, the top wall (top wall) 740, or the top partition wall 24 near the side wall 790. Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 facing the portion where the fixed structural member such as a screw is provided, the bottom wall 780 or the lower partition wall 24 of the fixed structural member is provided. The top wall 740 or the upper partition wall 24 is preferably a wall or partition that does not contact the outside atmosphere. Minimize the impact on the walls (such as side wall 790, top wall 740, back wall 730, bottom wall 780, etc.) that are exposed to the outside atmosphere. By providing the portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, losses due to heat leakage can be reduced, and therefore, high-performance heat insulation boxes, refrigerators, and machines can be obtained. Thereby, the arrangement area of the middle-vacuum heat-insulating material 400 of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 can be increased, and therefore, the coverage or filling rate of the vacuum-insulation material 400 in the heat-insulating box 700 can be increased.

Here, the heat-insulating box 700 in the first embodiment is different from the heat-insulating box 700. The rigid polyurethane foam in the insulated box 700 is mainly provided with the technical idea of heat insulation function, but is based on the provision of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the part provided with the vacuum insulation material 400. New technical ideas for thermal performance and box strength. Therefore, in the heat-insulating box 700 in the first embodiment, the filling rate of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 formed in the inner wall space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 (the volume of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is relatively large) The occupation ratio of the total volume of the inner wall space 315 formed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 is at least a predetermined value (for example, 40% or more (preferably 45% or more)). Here, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 also includes the filling rate of the door panel, which is the volume of the vacuum insulation material 400 with respect to the space between the door panel outer panel and the door panel that forms the door panel profile. Occupancy ratio of the volume of the space in the door.

In the past, vacuum insulation materials were provided so that The surface area ratio (coverage ratio) of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the surface area of the box 750 is within a predetermined range, and the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400 is not taken into consideration. Therefore, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane is larger than that of the vacuum insulation material. The thickness of the hot material 400 provides the strength of the heat-insulating box with a rigid polyurethane. In the past, the coverage of the vacuum insulation material 400 was increased to improve the heat insulation performance of the cabinet, but the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 was not increased to improve the heat insulation performance and the strength of the cabinet. In the case where the filling rate of the heat-insulating material 400 is low (for example, the filling rate in a conventional refrigerator is 20%) without increasing the heat-insulating performance, the strength of the cabinet depends on the rigid polyurethane. In the present embodiment, since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed based on the thinking method considering the filling rate of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the heat insulation performance does not occur as in the past. By setting the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 to a predetermined value (for example, 40% or more), the heat insulation performance can be improved, and the thickness of the wall can be reduced while the strength and heat insulation performance of the box are satisfied, and the wall thickness can be increased. The volume in the storage room can set the storage room volume required for the product to be larger than a predetermined capacity. That is, since the length, width, thickness, and arrangement position of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be appropriately set, the wall thickness can be reduced, and the storage room volume can be increased in accordance with the decrease in the wall thickness.

As such, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the space 315 The increase is larger than in the past, and the heat insulation performance can be increased to be higher than in the past. Therefore, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 is reduced to be thinner than in the past, the same level of heat insulation performance as in the past can be ensured.

(Other constitutions of the first air passage module)

As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, the width direction length of the first air path module 762 forming a part of the cold air path 760 shown in Figs. 4, 5, 6, and 8 is smaller than that of the recess 440. Width, and is held or fixed to the convex portion 450, the second concave portion 441, or the protruding portion 910 forming the second concave portion 441 by a fixing member such as a screw, a hook structure, an uneven fitting structure, or the like. Here, the width direction length of the first air path component 762 forming a part of the cold air path 760 may be extended to the inner surface of the side wall 790 to cover the back wall 730 or a part of the side wall 790, and the first The air path component 762 is formed by a fixed structure or a hook structure or is concave and convex. Structure or the like is held or fixed on the inner surface of the side wall 790. Of course, the first air passage module 762 may be held or fixed to the inner surface of the side wall 790 by a fixing member such as a screw, a hook structure, or a concave-convex fitting structure, or the like, as well as the protrusion 910, the recess 440, and the protrusion. Department 450 and so on.

In addition, if the first air path forming part of the air-conditioned air path 760 will be formed The length in the width direction of the module 762 extends to the inner surface of the side wall 790 so as to cover not only the second concave portion 441 but also at least a part or all of the concave portion 440 and the convex portion 450. Then, the first air path component 762 can be As a design panel, it can cover at least part or all of the back wall of the room (for example, a storage room) or the inner surface of the side wall, and it is used as a covering structure covering a part of the back or side of the first air duct unit 762. material. Therefore, when the supply port for supplying the cold air from the cold air duct 760 to the room is provided in the first air path module 762, it is possible to increase the freedom of arrangement and efficiently cool the storage in the room. Since the first air duct unit 762 uses another member different from the inner box 750, it is possible to easily change the shape or color, and to perform various processes, drawings, or text descriptions, thereby improving functionality or design. When the first air passage module is also used as a design panel to be used as a covering member, it is formed into a substantially U-shape, forming at least a part of the inner surface of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 of the chamber, or the inner surface covering the wall surface. All is fine. In this case, if the lighting device (in-house lighting) 900 is disposed on the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 of the forming chamber, when the first air path unit 762 as a covering member is extended to the side wall 790, Compared with the case where the lighting device 900 is provided on the inner surface of the side wall 790, there is no need to provide an opening that cuts off the first air path module 762 in the portion where the lighting device 900 is installed, and therefore it is easy to become a design panel as a covering member. (The first air path unit 762), and can achieve low cost This heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and machine. Here, the design panel serving as a covering member may be formed to cover at least a part of the top surface wall 740 and the back surface wall 730 of the formation chamber or the entire inner surface side of the wall surface.

(Thickness of polyurethane, filling rate of vacuum insulation)

Here, the relationship between the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the box strength will be described. Fig. 15 is a graph showing the relationship between the density and thermal conductivity of rigid polyurethane foam, Fig. 16 is a graph showing the density and flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam, and Fig. 17 is a graph showing The relationship between the thickness of the polyurethane foam and the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane foam when the rigid polyurethane foam is filled. Figure 18 shows the rigid polyurethane foam. A graph showing the relationship between the thickness of the flow path of the polyurethane foam and the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam. Figures 15 to 18 show the test results in a simulated structure in which rigid polyurethane is filled between two faces with a predetermined gap (flow path) and foamed. The surface is a steel plate as a first structural material (for example, a coated steel plate forming an outer case 710 as a vacuum insulation material or an outer box of the heat insulation box 700 of the refrigerator 1), and the other surface of the flow path is a second steel plate. Resin for the material (for example, ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene synthetic resin) or EPS (foamed plastic) resin used in the inner box 750).

FIG. 15 shows the density (kg / m ³ ) of the rigid polyurethane foam on the horizontal axis and the thermal conductivity (W / (m‧k)) of the rigid polyurethane foam on the vertical axis. . In FIG. 16, the horizontal axis represents the density (kg / m ³ ) of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the flexural modulus (MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam. In Fig. 17, the horizontal axis represents the thickness (mm) of the flow path of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the thermal conductivity (W / (m‧k)) of the rigid polyurethane foam. . In FIG. 18, the horizontal axis represents the thickness (mm) of the flow path of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the flexural modulus (MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam. Here, the thickness of the flow path of the rigid polyurethane foam is the rigid polyurethane foam filled with the rigid polyurethane foam in the flow path. thickness.

According to Figures 15 and 16, the rigid polyurethane foam has a higher thermal conductivity and flexural elasticity when the density is higher, and a smaller thermal conductivity and flexural elasticity when the density is smaller. That is, the density and the thermal conductivity or the density and the flexural modulus are almost in a proportional relationship.

According to Figures 17 and 18, the rigid polyurethane foam is filled with the flow path thickness of the polyurethane (or the rigid polyurethane foam is filled and foamed in the flow path. The smaller the thickness of the formate), the greater the thermal conductivity and the greater the flexural modulus. Therefore, the thicker the polyurethane foamed in the flow path, the smaller the thermal conductivity and the improved the heat insulation performance, but the smaller the bending elasticity and the lower the strength. Therefore, when the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced and the wall thickness is reduced, the bending elasticity becomes large without any problem in strength, but the thermal conductivity becomes too large and the heat insulation performance is deteriorated. The thickness of the urethane is less than a certain degree (for example, 15 mm).

Here, in FIGS. 17 and 18, when the thickness of the polyurethane-filled flow path (or the thickness of the polyurethane foamed in the flow path) becomes narrow, the density becomes larger, and as the density becomes larger, When it is large, as shown in Fig. 15, the general thermal conductivity becomes large and the heat insulation performance becomes poor. Here, as shown in Figure 17, the polyurethane-filled When the thickness of the flow path (or the thickness of the polyurethane foamed in the flow path) is less than a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm), the thermal conductivity suddenly increases and the heat insulation performance deteriorates. The rigid polyurethane foam is foamed between the first and second members forming a polyurethane flow path, and is cured while being adhered to the first and second members. However, the polyurethane at this time forms a core layer and a boundary layer called a surface layer on both sides of the core layer (the first structural material side and the second structural material side).

Figures 23A and 23B show rigid polyurethane foam foam Fig. 23A is a schematic view of the rear cross-sectional shape. Fig. 23A is a cross-sectional view showing a case where a rigid polyurethane foam 701A is filled between a first member (inner box 750) and a second member (outer box 710). Schematic diagram, Figure 23B, shows the third structure (vacuum insulation material 400) between the first structure (inner box 750) and the second structure (outer box 710). A schematic view of a cross section when a rigid polyurethane foam 701A is filled between the material and the third member.

In FIG. 23A, there is foam between the first and second members. The filled polyurethane insulation wall is made of the first structure (such as the inner box 750), the first surface layer 701B, the core layer 701C, the second surface layer 701D, and the second structure (such as the outer box 710). Sequential composition. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 23B, when the vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed as the third member between the first member (the inner box 750) and the second member (the outer box 710), The hot wall is composed of a first structure (e.g., inner box 750), a first surface layer 701B, a core layer 701C, a second surface layer 701D, a third structure (vacuum insulation material 400), a second adhesive 715, and a second structure The material (for example, the outer box 710) is sequentially formed. The first surface layer 701B, the core layer 701C, and the second surface layer 701D constitute a rigid polyurethane foam 701A.

The surface layer is formed near the first structure, the second structure, or the third structure. The thickness of the polyurethane flow path (the thickness of the polyurethane) has been used in the range of 20 mm to 30 mm in the past. To the extent that the thickness of the surface layer is relatively small compared to the thickness of the core layer, the effect on density, thermal conductivity, etc. is small. However, when the thickness of the polyurethane is below a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm), Relative to the thickness of the core layer, the ratio of the thickness of the surface layer becomes larger, and the effects on the density, thermal conductivity, and flexural elasticity of the polyurethane increase sharply, which causes the density, thermal conductivity, and flexural elasticity to increase sharply. Big. Therefore, heat insulation performance deteriorates rapidly. In addition, as shown in FIG. 18, as the density of the polyurethane increases, the flexural modulus of the polyurethane also sharply increases.

Therefore, in the past, when the thickness of the polyurethane became smaller, the flexural modulus increased and the strength increased. However, the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane increased and the thermal insulation performance deteriorated. Therefore, it was impossible to reduce the polyurethane. The thickness of the ester is used in a range of 15 to 30 mm. In the past, it was arranged based on the idea that polyurethane is the main heat insulator and vacuum insulation is the auxiliary heat insulator. Therefore, it is in the range where the heat insulation performance of polyurethane heat insulators does not deteriorate. The thickness of the polyurethane is determined by the inside, and it is necessary to ensure a degree of 15 mm to 20 mm even in a narrow part.

However, in this embodiment, a vacuum insulation material is used as the main heat insulation material and the vacuum insulation material is used to maintain the strength of the cabinet to form a heat insulation wall. The rigid polyurethane does not require its heat insulation performance, so even if it is below a predetermined thickness (for example, 11mm, 6mm is preferred), there will be no problem. The thinner it will increase the bending elasticity and increase the strength of the box. The better. When the predetermined thickness is 11 mm or less, The influence of the thickness of the surface layer of the core layer is large, the thermal conductivity is rapidly increased, and the heat insulation performance is rapidly reduced. Therefore, it has been difficult to make the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam below 11 mm in the past. In the past, regarding the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, even if the predetermined value can be reduced to 11 mm or less in a small local area, it is difficult to reduce the average thickness to 11 mm or less. In addition, when the predetermined thickness is 6 mm or less, the influence on the thickness of the surface layer of the core layer is greater, and the heat insulation performance is deteriorated. Therefore, it has been difficult to use it in the past. However, in this embodiment, vacuum insulation is made. The material 400 provides the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box 700, so there is no problem even if the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced. Therefore, in this embodiment, the rigid polyurethane foam is set to a thickness of 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), whereby the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, and the rigid polyurethane foam can be improved. Strength (rigidity) of the case 700. In addition, if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 6 mm or less, the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, and thus the strength (rigidity) of the case 700 can be further improved.

In addition, the thickness of the polyurethane can be made thicker in the portion where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not provided (an amount that is more than the thickness of the vacuum insulation material (for example, about 15 mm to 30 mm)). Make sure that the thickness of the polyurethane is about 20mm ~ 40. It can be used in the range where the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane rises sharply (the thickness of the polyurethane is less than 11mm). It can be used in the polyurethane. Can be used in a range where the degree of increase (inclination) of the thermal conductivity is small (for example, the thickness of the polyurethane is in the range of, for example, 15 mm or more). Therefore, even if the uneven thickness of the polyurethane is considered, it can be used. Ensure that the thermal insulation properties of the polyurethane are below the set value. Therefore, it is possible to satisfy heat insulation at the same time. The strength of the case 700 and the heat insulation performance of the heat-insulating box 700 are both.

Here, the first surface used for one side of the polyurethane flow path The structural material is made of resin (such as ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene synthetic resin) EPS (resin of foamed plastic) used in the inner box 750), and the other side of the flow path is made of aluminum, which is a vacuum insulation material. A steel sheet such as a vapor-deposited film or a coated steel sheet (PCM) forming the outer case 710.

Next, a description will be given of a portion (e.g. Part 440 or the second recessed part 441, etc.), relative to the thickness of the insulation wall (the thickness of the vacuum insulation material + the thickness of the polyurethane) of the insulation wall having the foamed polyurethane and the vacuum insulation material 400. Ratio of thickness of polyurethane (= thickness of polyurethane / (thickness of polyurethane + thickness of vacuum insulation)) and composite thermal conductivity (vacuum insulation and polyurethane Thermal conductivity of the thermal insulation wall of the ester combination).

Fig. 19 shows that the wall thickness (the thickness between the inner walls of the wall) is fixed. A graph showing the relationship between the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness of the heat-insulating material in which the vacuum heat-insulating material and the polyurethane are combined at 27 mm and the composite thermal conductivity. In Fig. 19, the horizontal axis is the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness of the heat-insulating material of the combination of the vacuum insulation material and the polyurethane, that is, the thickness of the urethane / ( The thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material), and the vertical axis is the composite thermal conductivity (the thermal conductivity of the combination of the vacuum insulation material and the polyurethane). Here, the sum of the thickness of the urethane and the thickness of the vacuum insulation material (that is, the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material) is taken as the thickness in the wall.

According to Figure 19, it can be seen that The smaller the thickness of the acid ester, the smaller the composite thermal conductivity and the improved heat insulation performance. Here, the composite thermal conductivity refers to the thermal conductivity of a composite structural material in which a vacuum insulation material and a polyurethane are combined. In the figure, with the 0.3 as the boundary, the slope of the thickness of the polyurethane / thickness in the wall changes, compared to the case where the thickness / thickness of the polyurethane is greater than 0.3. When the thickness / wall thickness is 0.3 or less, the inclination is small and the reduction ratio of the composite thermal conductivity is small. The picture shows the test confirmation when the thickness in the wall is constant. Therefore, the smaller the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness in the wall, the smaller the thickness of the polyurethane. The larger the thickness, the larger the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum insulation material to the thickness in the wall. That is, when the thickness of the polyurethane with respect to the thickness in the wall becomes smaller, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum insulation material to the thickness of the polyurethane increases. In the figure, when the thickness / in-wall thickness of the polyurethane is 0.6, the thickness of the polyurethane is larger than the thickness of the vacuum insulation material. Therefore, the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane versus the composite thermal conductivity ( The effect of the thermal conductivity of the combination of the vacuum insulation material and the polyurethane) is large, and the composite thermal conductivity is increased (the thermal insulation performance is poor). When the thickness of the polyurethane / wall thickness is made small, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum insulation material to the thickness of the polyurethane is increased. Therefore, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material is related to the composite thermal conductivity. The image is larger than the influence of the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane. As a result, as the thickness of the polyurethane / (the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material) becomes smaller, the polyurethane becomes smaller. The thermal conductivity (composite thermal conductivity) of the composite structural material combined with the vacuum insulation material is reduced. Here, before the thickness of the urethane / (the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material) is less than 0.3, the image of the thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material for the composite thermal conductivity is larger than that of the polyurethane Influence of thermal conductivity due to Therefore, the reduction rate of the composite thermal conductivity is large, and the smaller the thickness of the polyurethane / (the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material) is, the smaller the composite thermal conductivity is and the thermal insulation performance is greatly improved.

However, from the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness in the wall When the rate (that is, the thickness of the urethane / (the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material)) is less than about 0.3, the slope of the decrease in the composite thermal conductivity changes, and the slope of the decrease in the composite thermal conductivity changes. The rate becomes smaller (the rate of decrease in composite thermal conductivity becomes smaller). This is because the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness in the wall (that is, the thickness of the polyurethane / the thickness in the wall) becomes smaller. The heat insulation performance of the composite material of the heat insulation material) and the heat insulation performance of the vacuum heat insulation material become the main control, and the influence of the heat insulation performance of the polyurethane on the heat insulation performance of the composite structure becomes small. Therefore, in the present embodiment, if the thickness of the polyurethane is set in the heat-insulating wall formed of a composite structure (a heat-insulating structure in which polyurethane and a vacuum heat-insulating material are adjacent to each other), If the thickness / in-wall thickness of the polyurethane is 0.3 or less, the reduction ratio of the heat insulation performance becomes small. Therefore, even if the thickness of the polyurethane or the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is uneven, the thickness can be reduced. It is therefore preferable that the unevenness of the heat insulation performance is reduced. On the contrary, the thickness / in-wall thickness of the vacuum insulation material can be set to 0.7 or more.

Therefore, if the thickness of the polyurethane is set such that the If the formate thickness / in-wall thickness is about 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity can be reduced, and the heat insulation performance of the composite structure can be greatly improved. In addition, in consideration of uneven thickness of the polyurethane (or uneven thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material), the thickness / in-wall thickness of the polyurethane is set to be within a range of 0.3 or less. The thickness of the acid ester or the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is uneven, and the compounding can be suppressed. The decrease in the heat insulation performance of the structural members and the non-uniformity of the composite thermal conductivity of the composite structural members can be suppressed. Therefore, highly reliable and high-performance thermal insulation walls, thermal insulation boxes, refrigerators, and machines can be obtained.

FIG. 20 shows the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material (the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the volume of the space 315 in the wall), and the time when the load (load) is applied to the heat insulating box 700. A graph showing the relationship between the deformation of the hot box. In Fig. 20, the horizontal axis represents the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, and the vertical axis represents the amount of deformation of the heat insulation box. Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is the ratio (proportion) of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the space 315 in the wall, and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box is, for example, in the refrigerator 1 or the like. In the heat-insulated box, a predetermined load is applied in a slightly horizontal direction (lateral direction, left-right direction when the front opening is viewed from the front) with a door piece at a height of about 1/4 from the upper side of the side of the box. At this time, the calculation result of the deformation amount in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the upper end position of the side wall 790 of the box 700 is 1 when the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 20%. Figure 20 shows the coverage (for example, 65%) of the vacuum insulation material, the density of the polyurethane (for example, 60 kg / m ³ ), the flexural modulus of the polyurethane (for example, 9 MPa), and the vacuum The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulation material (for example, 15 MPa), the thickness of the composite structural material (for example, 28 mm), and the wall thickness (for example, 30 mm) plus the thickness of the outer and inner boxes are constant. Change the thickness of the vacuum insulation material and The result of changing the filling rate of a vacuum insulation material.

In Figure 20, the larger the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material, the The smaller the volume deformation. This is because the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum insulation material is greater than the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane. Therefore, the ratio of the volume of the vacuum insulation material to the volume of the polyurethane inside the heat insulation box Increase, vacuum insulation The influence of the flexural modulus of elasticity becomes large, and the rigidity of the case 700 is increased. When the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more, the reduction rate of the box deformation amount becomes very small, and even if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased, the box deformation amount hardly changes. This is because the degree of influence of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the strength of the box (box deformation) is almost saturated.

The bending elastic modulus of the vacuum insulation material 400 is greater than that of the rigid polyurethane Acid foam, therefore, by increasing the ratio (proportion) of the volume of the vacuum insulation material 400 relative to the volume of the space 315 (increasing the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material), it is possible to reduce the The amount of deformation can therefore improve the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box 700 and increase the strength of the heat insulation box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the machine. At this time, if the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased and its filling rate is increased, the heat insulation performance of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be improved while achieving the strength of the box. Here, it is possible to increase the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, but it is also possible to increase the ratio of the surface area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the case 700 (vacuum Coverage rate of insulation material) to increase the filling rate of vacuum insulation material. In this case, the strength of the box can also be increased. Furthermore, by increasing the coverage rate of vacuum insulation material 400, the filling rate of vacuum insulation material can be increased. . In addition, if the coverage of the vacuum insulation material 400 is increased, the arrangement range (location) of the vacuum insulation material can be increased, and the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 can be reduced. Therefore, the storage room volume can be increased. Increase the amount that this wall thickness becomes thinner.

In this embodiment, for example, the outer contour of the heat-insulating box is formed. At least a part of the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 forming a part of the interior of the storage room of the heat-insulating box is provided with a vacuum heat-insulating material 400, so that the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 in the space 315 is provided. The filling rate is more than 40%, making it relative to the outer box The area ratio (coverage rate) of the vacuum insulation material 400 with a surface area of 710 is 60% or more, thereby making it possible to obtain heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, and machines with high heat-insulating performance, strong box strength, and high reliability. Here, in the present embodiment, it is configured to provide the heat-insulating box 700 with a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 having a bending elastic modulus greater than that of a rigid polyurethane foam used in conventional heat-insulating boxes. The strength of the wall surface can satisfy both the strength of the box body and the heat insulation performance, and the wall thickness can be reduced to increase the volume of the storage room.

The heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment has a higher bending elasticity than rigid The filling rate of the high-quality polyurethane vacuum insulation material 400 is set to be higher than the predetermined value (or within a predetermined range), or the filling rate and the coverage ratio of the vacuum insulation material 400 are set to be higher than the predetermined value (or a predetermined range) (Inside), it is possible to satisfy both the strength of the box body and the heat insulation performance, and the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to increase the volume of the storage room without changing the external dimensions of the heat insulation box 700 and the refrigerator 1, and it is possible to increase the contents or storage items that can be stored in the heat insulation box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or inside the machine. In addition, when the strength of the wall is reduced, the heat-insulating box 700 is distorted, and for example, a shelf 80 provided inside may fall off and fall from the rail portion, or a drawer-type storage room (or a drawer-type door or box, or an open / close door) Sheet, etc.), but in this embodiment, since the filling rate and / or the coverage rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 are set to a predetermined value or more (or within a predetermined range), the heat-insulating box can be made. The thickness of the 700 is reduced, and the strength and heat insulation performance of the cabinet can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the shelf 80 provided inside from falling off from the rail portion, or a drawer-type storage room (or a drawer-type door or box). (Or opening / closing door flaps, etc.), the sliding performance is deteriorated and the reliability is reduced.

In addition, the heat-insulating box 700 according to the first embodiment is placed in the space 315 The filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 90% or less. According to the technical idea of the present embodiment as described above, it is desirable that all the spaces 315 are made of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, as illustrated in FIG. 11 and the like, a convex portion 450 or a protruding portion 910 is provided on the back wall 730, or a rail portion 755 formed in the inner box 750 is provided to protrude into the space 315, or, for example, the refrigerator 1 is provided with heat insulation. In the case 700, a compressor 12 for storing the machine room 1A mounted in the heat-insulating box 700 or a control device 30 (for example, controlling the number of revolutions of the compressor) housed in the machine room 1A mounted in the heat-insulating box 700 is arranged in the wall space 315. Etc.), it is difficult to make the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 larger than 90%. When the heat-insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, the refrigerator 1, a refrigerant pipe 725 and the like are also arranged in the space 315. Therefore, if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is to be arranged in more than 90% of the space in the space 315, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 must use a vacuum heat insulating material having a shape matching the wiring type 720, the refrigerant pipe 725, the rail portion 755, and the like. The material 400 complicates the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and therefore it is difficult to shape (or form) the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 90% or less.

In addition, in order to prevent the strength of the heat-insulating box 700 from being reduced, twisting occurs. The outer box 710, the inner box 750, and the vacuum insulation material 400 must be adhered to make the adhesive strength. However, the inner box 750 is often installed to hold the layers provided in the storage room (for example, the refrigerating room 2). The rail portion 755 of the rack 80 or other components (such as the lighting device 900 or the water mist device 200 or the partition wall 24 etc.) have a complicated shape. Therefore, even if the vacuum insulation material 400 is easily adhered to the outer case 710 side through a second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape, it is still difficult to obtain the vacuum insulation material 400 adhered to the inner case 750 side. Adhesive strength.

However, if rigid polyurethane foam is used as The adhesive between the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 can cause it to flow in the two-phase state in the space 315 while filling and foaming. Therefore, even if there is a convex portion 450 or a protruding portion 910 or In the case of the rail portion 755 or other components, there is no problem, and the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be adhered by polyurethane. Of course, a rigid polyurethane foam can also be filled between the outer case 710 and the vacuum insulation material 400 or between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 as an adhesive. At this time, if an unfilled portion (that is, a void) in which the rigid polyurethane foam is not filled is generated in the heat insulation box 700, the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box 700 is reduced. Therefore, in order to fill the rigid polyurethane foam in the heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment, a predetermined gap (for example, about 1 mm or more and about 3 mm or more is necessary) must be maintained. Therefore, The filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the space 315 is preferably 90% or less, and more preferably 80% or less.

However, if the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the space 315 is set, As the size increases, the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam in the space 315 decreases. Therefore, there is a possibility that the thickness of the polyurethane between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 decreases, and the strength of the case of the heat-insulating case 700 may decrease. However, the heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment can suppress a decrease in the strength of the box by using the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 having better heat-insulating performance and flexural rigidity than polyurethane. In addition, in this embodiment, based on the technical idea of providing the heat insulation function and strength mainly by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a small thermal conductivity, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is made as shown in FIG. 20. When the filling ratio is 40% or more, the strength of the case 700 can be improved even if the filling amount of the rigid polyurethane is reduced. another In addition, as shown in FIG. 19, by increasing the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400 (that is, increasing the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material), the combination of the vacuum insulation material and the polyurethane can be combined. Since the composite thermal conductivity of the heat insulating material becomes small, the heat insulating performance of the case 700 is improved.

Here, when the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased and the bending elastic modulus (flexural rigidity) is increased, the thermal insulation performance of the rigid polyurethane foam itself is reduced, but by making the vacuum insulation material 400 The coverage ratio and filling ratio are above the predetermined values, which can reduce the influence of the decrease in the thermal insulation performance of polyurethane, so there is no problem. Insulation box 700 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16 as the rigid polyurethane foam density than in the past large, for example greater than 60kg / m ^3, thereby, it can be made rigid polyurethanes The flexural modulus of ester foam is 15 MPa or more, which is greater than the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam used in conventional thermal insulation boxes (for example, about 6 to 10 MPa). The strength of the box of the hot material 400 is also increased. Therefore, in the equipment such as the heat insulation box 700, the refrigerator 1, the display case, and the hot water storage device of the present embodiment, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is set to 40% or more. The back cover is set to 70% or more, which can suppress the decrease in strength due to the decrease in the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam, and can also suppress the twisted thermal insulation box 700 that cannot tolerate the weight of the storage. Of deformation. That is, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400, the strength of the heat insulation box 700 can be improved, and good heat insulation performance can also be obtained. Therefore, a vacuum insulation material with high reliability and energy saving can be obtained Insulation box, refrigerator with vacuum insulation material, display cabinet with vacuum insulation material, hot water storage device with vacuum insulation material, and machine with vacuum insulation material, etc.

In addition, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is adjusted by, for example, filling the volume of the rigid polyurethane foam in the injection space 315 more than in the past (the length of the injection time or the injection time) The pressure becomes greater) and can be adjusted to increase or decrease density. In addition, as shown in FIG. 16, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam is increased in proportion to the size of the density. Therefore, when the density is increased, the flexural modulus is increased. The rigidity of the box is also increased, but it is better, but the flexural modulus of polyurethane is preferably 150 MPa or less. When the rigid polyurethane foam has a flexural elasticity greater than 150 MPa, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam becomes too large to be foamed and hardened, and the heat insulation performance is rapidly reduced. Therefore, If the flexural modulus of polyurethane is 150 MPa or less, it is better to suppress the decrease in heat insulation performance, and a high-performance heat insulation box can be obtained.

In the present embodiment, the heat-insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, a refrigerator of a type described later.

(1) The total thickness of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is about 2 mm or less, and the average wall thickness of the heat-insulating box 700 including the thickness of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is 20 mm or more and 40 mm or less The following heat-insulating box (here, the average distance in the wall thickness direction (inner wall thickness) of the space 315 excluding the plate thickness of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is approximately 18 mm to approximately 38 mm).

(2) The thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is about 10 mm to 30 mm, and the hard polyurethane is in the space 315 in the wall of the portion (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441) where the vacuum heat insulating material is arranged. The average channel width (polyurethane channel thickness) in the thickness direction of the ester foam is 1 mm or more (3 mm The above is preferred) and 11 mm or less (preferably 6 mm or less).

(3) The thermal conductivity of rigid polyurethane foam is 0.018W / (m‧k) ~ 0.026W / (m‧k).

(4) The thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 0.0019 W / (m‧k) to 0.0025 W / (m‧k).

(5) The internal volume is 200L ~ 600L, and the power consumption under the given conditions is less than about 60W.

The heat insulation performance in such a refrigerator 1 The filling rate and coverage are set within a predetermined range and the size or thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400 is selected, whereby the vacuum insulation material 400 controls the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box and the strength of the heat insulation box. Therefore, if the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is small, the composite thermal conductivity of the heat insulation box can be reduced, and it is preferably 0.0030 W / (m · k) or less. When the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 exceeds 0.0030 W / (m · k), the influence of the reduction in wall thickness on the heat insulation performance becomes larger, the heat insulation performance deteriorates, and the amount of power consumption increases. Therefore, in this embodiment, the influence of the decrease in the heat insulation performance due to the thinned wall thickness is suppressed by making the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 be 0.0030 W / (m · k) or less. In addition, the smaller the thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material 400 is, the better, but the cost required to reduce the thermal conductivity by 0.001 W / (m · k) will be greatly increased. Therefore, the use of the vacuum insulation material 400 Articles with thermal conductivity above 0.0012W / (m‧k). If the thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 0.0019W / (m‧k) or more and 0.0025W / (m‧k) or less, the thermal conductivity is about 10 times smaller than that of the rigid polyurethane foam. Therefore, the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box 700 is much higher than in the past, and it can satisfy the product specifications. Therefore, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 0.0012W / (m‧k) or more and 0.0030W / (m‧k) The following items (0.0019W / (m‧k) or more and 0.0025W / (m‧k) or less are preferred).

Table 1 shows the wall thickness and the filling rate and hardness of the vacuum insulation material 400. The relationship between the flexural modulus of the high-quality polyurethane foam and the amount of deformation of the heat-insulating box 700 is an example of the heat-insulating box 700 according to the embodiment of the present invention. The first item in Table 1 is a conventional design. The wall thickness is 40 mm, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20%, and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The result was 9 MPa. Here, a material having a flexural modulus of 20 MPa was used as the vacuum heat insulating material 400. According to items 1 and 2 of Table 1, when the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 20% and the flexural modulus of polyurethane is 9 MPa, the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 is changed from 40 mm. When the thickness is 30 mm, the strength of the box decreases. Therefore, as shown in item 3, when the wall thickness is reduced to 30 mm, if the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is increased to 40% or more, the deformation amount of the box body is larger than that in item 1 (in the past). Some, but reduced to the same level as item 1 (past).

As shown in item 4 of Table 1, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 is reduced from the previous 40 mm (the first item in Table 1) to 30 mm, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more. In addition, if the flexural modulus of polyurethane is 15 MPa or more (item 4 in Table 1), the amount of deformation of the box can be made smaller than in the past (item 1). Therefore, the box of the heat-insulating box 700 can be made. The strength is above the previous product (item 1). That is, even if the wall thickness is reduced (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), if the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 and the flexural modulus of the polyurethane are set to a predetermined value or more, the strength of the box will not decrease. It can also improve heat insulation performance. Therefore, in this embodiment, a material having a flexural modulus of 20 MPa or more is used. As the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 40% or more, and the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 15 MPa or more. Therefore, even if the wall of the heat insulation box is Reducing the thickness (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm) can also make the heat-insulating box 700 stronger than before.

In addition, the outer cover (outer cover) Film), it is better to use an aluminum vapor-deposited film than an aluminum foil film. In order to suppress the heat leakage that occurs through the outer cover of the vacuum insulation material 400 (the so-called thermal bridge phenomenon in which heat leaks from the surface of the vacuum insulation material 400 to the inside through the outer cover material of the vacuum insulation material 400), the vacuum insulation The outer material of the material 400 is that it is better to use an aluminum vapor-deposited film that is less prone to thermal bridging than the aluminum foil film.

In addition, the rigid polyurethane foam of the first embodiment The measurement of the flexural modulus, thermal conductivity, and density may be performed by cutting out, for example, a rigid polyurethane foam having a predetermined size (for example, 100 × 100 × 5 mm or more). Of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged, a plurality of pieces of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is arranged may be cut out for the five surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, and the bottom surface, and the average value may be calculated. (If only one place can be cut out, the measurement may be performed at a plurality of places in one place instead.) When the door is also equipped with a vacuum insulation material, the polyurethane density and bending of the door are also measured. The elastic modulus and thermal conductivity may be sufficient. In addition, in a portion where no vacuum heat insulating material is provided, a plurality of pieces may be cut out for the five surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, and the bottom surface, and the average value may be calculated. In this embodiment, in either case, the measurement is performed by cutting out from a position where the density or flexural modulus can be estimated to be large. In addition, if the rigid polyurethane foam cannot be cut to a predetermined size with a refrigerant pipe 725 or a wiring assembly 720 such as a lead wire, as long as the predetermined size can be cut near the center, can.

In this embodiment, for the left side, right side, back, Measure the density or flexural elasticity of polyurethane at the top, bottom, or 6 sides of the door with or without vacuum insulation. The rate is above the established value. By adjusting the free foam density of polyurethane, the thickness of the vacuum insulation material, the wall thickness, etc., it is possible to exist between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, or between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer case 710. The density or flexural modulus of the polyurethane between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is set to a predetermined value or more.

Here, in the present embodiment, at least a portion of the polyurethane where the vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed is provided for each of the six surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door panel. The density and flexural modulus of elasticity may be set to a predetermined value or more, and the density and flexural modulus of polyurethane of at least a portion where the vacuum insulation material 400 is not provided may be set to a predetermined value or more. Here, if the density and flexural modulus of the polyurethane are set to a value greater than a predetermined value for each of the six surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door panel, it is not provided. The strength of the vacuum insulation material is also increased. In addition, since strength can be obtained on each side, it is possible to obtain high-reliability excellent heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, and machines with high reliability by setting high strength only at necessary portions at low cost. In addition, if the density or the average value of the bending elastic modulus of the six sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door panel is set to a predetermined value or more (the density is 60 kg / m ³ or more, the bending elasticity is 15 MPa or more ), It is possible to ensure the strength of the entire box body, and to obtain a heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and machine with high heat insulation performance and high reliability.

In addition, regarding the coverage and filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400, if If the total coverage and filling rate of each surface or multiple surfaces are set to a predetermined value or more on the six surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door panel, strength and heat insulation performance can be obtained on individual surfaces. Therefore, it is possible to set a high strength only at a necessary portion and to obtain an excellent heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and machine with high reliability at a low cost. In addition, if all six sides of the left and right sides, the back, the top, the bottom, or the door are set to a predetermined value or more, the overall strength of the cabinet can be ensured and the heat insulation performance can be improved, resulting in high and reliable heat insulation performance. High-performance heat insulation box, refrigerator, and machine.

As described above, in the heat-insulating box 700 according to the embodiment of the present invention, The coverage rate of the empty heat insulation material 400 is larger than a predetermined value (60%) (the coverage rate of the side and back surfaces of the vacuum heat insulation material 400 is 70% or more). In addition, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is also larger than a predetermined value (40%), and the filling amount of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box and the box body can be ensured The strength can also make the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 thinner than in the past. Therefore, the heat insulation performance is improved, energy is saved, and the internal volume of the storage room can be increased by a thinner wall thickness than in the past. Therefore, it is possible to provide a thermal insulation box 700, a refrigerator 1, a display cabinet, machine. That is, according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to make the external dimensions of the equipment such as the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the display cabinets unchanged. The internal volume (for example, the internal volume of the storage rooms 2 to 6) has increased as compared with the past. Therefore, the storage capacity in the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can also be increased as compared with the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain equipment such as a heat-insulating box 700, a refrigerator 1, a display cabinet, etc. which are easy for a user to use and save energy. On the contrary, if the internal volume (for example, the internal volume of the storage rooms 2 to 6) is reduced as in the past, the external dimensions can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to obtain an energy-saving and compact thermal insulation box 700, a refrigerator 1, a display cabinet, and a storage unit. Equipment for hot water installations, etc.

In addition, the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 shown in this embodiment The shape or shape is just one example. For example, the storage space of the storage box 700 can be divided into three storage spaces (storage rooms) by three horizontal partitions to form the storage space in the vertical direction. In addition, for example, the storage space of the storage box 700 may be divided into three horizontal partition plates and then divided into vertical partition plates to form five storage spaces (storage rooms). By increasing the number of the partition plates 24, the strength of the heat insulation box 700 can be further increased. That is, as the number of the partition plates 24 increases, the number of storage rooms or storage rooms increases, and the effect of increasing the strength of the box can be obtained by the partition plates. Therefore, even if the portion covered with the vacuum insulation material 400 is made The average thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam (space 315 between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750) becomes thinner (for example, less than 11 mm, preferably less than 10 mm, and more preferably 6 mm or less), Can ensure sufficient box strength. Therefore, it is possible to increase the volume of the storage room without changing the external dimensions of the heat-insulating box 700 and increase the amount of storage items that can be stored inside the heat-insulating box 700.

In this embodiment, the internal structure of the partition plate 24 may be the same as that of the heat insulation box 700. That is, the vacuum insulation material 400 is arranged in the internal space of the partition plate 24 and filled with rigid polyurethane foam. However, it is preferable to use rigid polyurethane foam as an adhesive, so it is thin. Some may be, for example, 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, and particularly preferably 6 mm or less. Here, since most of the piping 725 or the wiring 720 is not provided in the partition plate 24 like the heat insulation box 700, in this case, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 for the partition plate 24 can be set to 40% or more and 90% or less of the same as the heat insulation box 700, but in the case of the partition plate 24, a vacuum insulation material can be arranged almost in the size of the partition plate 24 (the space in the partition plate 24). Therefore, the filling rate can be increased, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased to about 40% to 95%. In addition, the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane foam may be 15 MPa or more, and the density may be 60 kg / m ³ or more. In this manner, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also arranged in the partition plate 24 and the filling rate is set within a predetermined range, whereby the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be further improved.

In this embodiment, a heat-insulating box having a vacuum insulation material or In the case of a heat insulating wall, in consideration of assemblability, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the outer box 710 through a second adhesive different from the foamed polyurethane, such as hot melt or double-sided tape. The rigid polyurethane foam is filled between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 as an adhesive for the purpose of adhesion. However, it may be arranged in the space 315 formed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750. The spacer made of a resin such as EPS is configured to float the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, and fill the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box with a rigid polyurethane foam. 710, and between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750. In addition, the vacuum insulation material 400 is directly attached to the inner case 750 with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape, and the polyurethane insulation material is filled between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer case 710. can.

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is floated by a spacer or the like. When the box 710 and the inner box 750 are provided, a spacer is provided on the inner side of the outer box 710 (the space between the outer box 710 and the vacuum insulation material 400), and a refrigerant pipe 725 (for example, (Condensing pipe). The refrigerant pipe 725 is a condensation pipe through which the high-temperature and high-pressure refrigerant discharged from the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A passes. Through the heat transfer through the pipe wall of the refrigerant pipe 725 and the outer box 710, the refrigerant pipe 725 surrounds the refrigerant pipe 725. The used air is used as a condensation pipe by cooling the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant pipe 725 to condense the refrigerant. In addition, in the heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment, a resin spacer is provided on the inner wall of the outer box 710 at a position that does not overlap with the refrigerant pipe 725 (a position opposite to the refrigerant pipe 725). If the vacuum insulation material 400 is attached to the spacer, the refrigerant pipe 725 is attached to the outer box 710, and then the spacer attached to the vacuum insulation material 400 is directly attached to the outer box 710 with double-sided tape or the like so that This covers the refrigerant piping 725, which facilitates manufacturing. In the heat insulation box 700 of this embodiment, the vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed at a predetermined distance from the inner box 750, and the vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed at a predetermined distance from the outer box 710. The vacuum insulation material 400 has a structure embedded in a rigid polyurethane foam, and improves the heat insulation performance.

As described above, in this embodiment, the heat-insulating box 700 In the space 315 between the 710 and the inner box 750, it is also possible to foam-fill so that the vacuum insulation material 400 is buried in the rigid polyurethane foam. In this case, between the outer box 710 and the vacuum insulation material 400, Most of the refrigerant pipes 725 are provided. However, the vacuum insulation material 400 can be disposed by maintaining a predetermined distance between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer case 710 by using a resin spacer such as EPS.

In addition, the vacuum insulation material 400 becomes easier to attract as the temperature becomes higher. The surrounding gas is taken in, and the degree of vacuum in the inside is reduced, so that the thermal conductivity is deteriorated. When the outside air temperature is high in summer and the like, the ambient temperature of the outer case 710 (the temperature of the surrounding air) becomes high, and the temperature of the outer case 710 itself may also become high. In addition, the pipe 725 used as a condensation tube also changes. Since the temperature becomes high, it is desirable to keep the vacuum heat insulating material 400 away from the outer box 710 or the refrigerant pipe (condensation pipe) 725 from the viewpoint of ensuring the reliability of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. By keeping the vacuum insulation material 400 away from the outer box 710 or the refrigerant pipe (condensation pipe) 725, it is possible to suppress deterioration due to the temperature rise of the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, if the vacuum insulation is performed by a spacer The structure in which the material 400 floats away from the wall surface of the outer case 710 or the refrigerant pipe 725 can suppress a decrease in heat insulation performance, and can provide a highly reliable heat insulation box 700 and the refrigerator 1 for a long period of time.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 absorbs surrounding gas (air Etc.) Decreases the degree of vacuum inside, resulting in deterioration of thermal conductivity. However, if a spacer made of a resin such as EPS is attached to the outer case 710, the vacuum insulation material 400 is buried in a rigid polyurethane foam. The internal structure can reduce the amount of gas (air, etc.) around the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, it can suppress the absorption of the gas (air, etc.) around the vacuum insulation material 400, and can suppress the reduction in vacuum Deterioration of the vacuum insulation material 400 can maintain high heat insulation performance for a long period of time, and can provide highly reliable heat insulation boxes 700, refrigerators 1, appliances, and the like.

In particular, in the heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used is higher than the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the conventional heat-insulating box. (Density is 60 kg / m ³ or more). Therefore, in response to an increase in the density, bubbles in the rigid polyurethane foam are reduced, and the amount of gas (air volume) in the bubbles may decrease. Therefore, if it is arranged to embed or cover the periphery of the vacuum insulation material 400 with a rigid polyurethane foam, the amount of gas (air, etc.) existing around the vacuum insulation material 400 can be reduced, and the vacuum insulation can be suppressed. The degree of vacuum of the hot material 400 decreases (the greater the density of the polyurethane, the smaller the number of voids in the polyurethane and the amount of air in the polyurethane decreases). In particular, when the thickness of the polyurethane is thin (e.g., 11 mm or less), the vacuum insulation material 400 can easily receive the entry of gas such as air from the surroundings of the polyurethane. The density of the urethane can reduce the amount of gas around the vacuum insulation material 400, and can effectively suppress the deterioration of the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, it is possible to further suppress the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and to provide the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the equipment with high long-term reliability.

In this embodiment, the heat-insulating box 700 in which the condensation pipe 725 is arranged in the space 315 will be described as an example. However, in the heat-insulating box 700 in which the condensation pipe 725 is not provided in the space 315, Of course, the vacuum insulation material 400 may also be buried in a rigid polyurethane foam. Since the amount of gas existing around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced, the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be suppressed, and a highly reliable heat insulating box 700 can be provided for a long period of time.

Here, the inner box 750 is not formed with a heat-insulating box 700, a refrigerator 1 and the like having a track portion (track or recess for a drawer of a drawer-type storage room) 755, and the inner box 750 is easily made of an adhesive or When the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to a double-sided tape or the like, all or a part of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on the inner case 750 side.

Here, in the case of the heat-insulating box 700 in which the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is directly adhered to the inner box 750 side through hot-melt or double-sided tape, as in this embodiment, a smaller amount can be used. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provides energy saving and the internal volume efficiency of the storage room is better than the conventional heat insulation box 700 and the refrigerator 1. That is, in the case of the heat-insulating box 700 having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape or a rectangular tube shape, the surface area of the outer box 710 is larger than that of the inner box 750. Therefore, when the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is attached, The surface of the inner box 750 can be smaller than the area affixed to the surface of the outer box 710, so that heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, display cases, hot water storage devices, and machines with good heat-insulating performance can be obtained at low cost. In addition, for example, when the vacuum insulation material 400 of the same size is attached, the corners of the rectangular parallelepiped heat insulation box 700 (for example, the corners or ceilings of the back and side connection portions of the heat insulation box 700) The corners of the front and side faces, or the corners of the top and back sides, etc.), compared with the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged on the inner box 750 side, the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged on the outer box 710 side. Below, the gap between the vacuum insulation material 400 on the adjacent wall surface in the corner (for example, the gap or distance between the vacuum insulation material 400 on the top surface and the vacuum insulation material 400 on the adjacent side surface) is large. That is, compared with the case where the vacuum insulation material 400 of the same size is arranged in the outer box 710, the vacuum insulation material 400 is arranged in the inner box 750, so that the vacuum insulation materials 400 formed adjacent to each other can be made to each other. The gap between them is small, and the heat loss caused by heat leakage also decreases as the gap becomes smaller. It can provide a thermal insulation box 700, refrigerator 1, display cabinet, hot water storage device, and machine with good thermal insulation efficiency. .

In addition, the heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment has hinged or drawer-type opening and closing for opening and closing the openings of the plurality of storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 divided by the partition wall 24 inside. Door piece. This door has: It consists of an outer frame member (outer plate) and an inner member (inner plate) made of, for example, resin. Further, a rigid polyurethane foam and a vacuum heat insulating material 400 are disposed (filled) in the interior space of the door sheet formed between the outer structural member and the inner structural member. The door panel is also formed based on the technical idea of setting the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material to a predetermined range for the heat insulation box and the vacuum insulation material 400 to provide almost all heat insulation functions as described in this embodiment. , So that the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the interior space of the door is 40% to 90%, and the coverage rate is more than 70%.

When manufacturing such an opening and closing door sheet, a vacuum is applied in advance with a second adhesive. The heat insulation material 400 is adhered and fixed to the outer frame material, and a liquid rigid polyurethane foam material is injected into the space between the vacuum heat insulation material and the inner structure material, and between the outer structure material and the inner structure material. The space is foamed so that the outer structural member, the vacuum insulation material 400, and the inner structural material can be integrated into a single body, thereby making it possible to fill the door with a rigid polyurethane foam as a foamed thermal insulation material. Tablet interior space. In this case, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is sufficient as long as it has the strength as an adhesive, so it is 1 mm or more (preferably 3 mm or more) or 11 mm or less (preferably 10 mm or less, especially 6 mm or less) Good).

In addition, in the case where the frame supporting the storage box (storage box 520), the door pocket portion, or the shelf 80 are installed in the storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 on the opening and closing door panels, It is necessary to connect or hold the fixing screws of the frame, the fixing members of the door pocket, the installation members of the shelf 80 and the like with the connecting structural materials or fixed structural members or holding structural members such as screws ( Library inside). In this case, there will be continuous structural or fixed or holding structures protruding from the door The internal space of the sheet occurs. When it comes into contact with the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the outer material of the vacuum heat insulating material may be injured. Therefore, the inner side of the opening and closing door sheet is provided or filled with a material that does not allow the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The thickness of the damaged polyurethane foam is preferred. However, when it is particularly necessary to install a component (such as a structural member, a fixed member, or a holding member) on the storage room side (inner plate side) of the opening and closing door sheet, vacuum insulation may be attached to the inner plate.材 400。 Wood 400. In addition, when the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed away from the mounting assembly, the vacuum heat insulating material may be attached to the inner panel.

In addition, a vacuum insulation material 400 is arranged in the interior space of the door sheet which has the outer structural member (outer panel) and the inner structural member (inner panel), and is used as a foaming partition. the case 400 between the rigid polyurethane foam material is heat filling the outer shell member or the inner configuration of material and the vacuum heat insulating material configuration, when the density of the foamed insulating material is greater than 60kg / m ^3, is increased The holding strength or fixing strength of screws or the like used to fix the fixing members for supporting the frame of the storage box (storage box 520). Therefore, even if a heavy object is stored in the box 520, the door pieces are not deformed and can be stably performed. The entry and exit of the box 520 results in a highly reliable refrigerator or machine. In addition, the holding strength or fixing strength of screws and the like used to fix other structural members such as handles is improved. Therefore, when a door panel mounting member such as a handle of another structural member is mounted on the door panel, the door panel is raised. The mounting strength of the mounting member to the door piece is not easy to deform, and the door piece can be opened and closed stably, resulting in a highly reliable refrigerator or machine. In addition, if the density of the rigid polyurethane foam serving as a foamed heat insulating material between the outer or inner structural material and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , foaming can be improved. The bending elasticity of the heat insulating material increases the strength of the door.

Here, the vacuum insulation material 400 can be arranged in all the opening and closing door pieces. Or part of the opening and closing door. For example, when the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat-insulating box 700 (for example, a storage room) is relatively small (for example, a storage room in a refrigerated temperature zone such as the refrigerating room 2 or the vegetable room 5), 400 is equipped on the opening and closing door, and the effect of improving the heat insulation performance is also very small. In this case, it is possible to ensure sufficient heat insulation performance without disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 for the opening and closing door pieces. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used when the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat-insulating box 700 (for example, a storage room) is relatively large (for example, storage in a freezing temperature zone such as the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, or the freezing room 6). Room), and disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the opening and closing door sheet has a great effect of improving the heat insulation performance. Therefore, in the case of a storage room in a freezing temperature zone in which the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat-insulating box 700 (for example, a storage room) is relatively large, the vacuum insulation material 400 can be arranged on the opening and closing door panel to ensure that Full thermal insulation.

As described above, in the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or With respect to the total volume of the space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and the interior space of the door panel of the opening and closing panel, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 (vacuum insulation) The volume ratio occupied by the hot material 400 is within a predetermined range (for example, 40% to 80%). Therefore, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box 700 (for example, the distance between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the opening and closing door pieces) can be made thinner than in the past. Therefore, it is possible to provide energy saving and the inner volume of the storage room is excellent. In the conventional heat-insulating box 700, refrigerator 1, and machine. Therefore, even if the external dimensions of the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 are not changed, the internal volume of the storage room can be made larger than in the past, so that more items can be stored in the heat-insulating box 700 than in the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain heat insulation with energy saving superior to the past Insulated box 700, refrigerator 1, hot water storage device, display cabinet, and machine with good performance and high commercial value.

In addition, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the space 315, the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam in the space 315 is decreased. In the heat-insulating box 700 according to this embodiment, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is made greater than in the past (for example, greater than 60 kg / m ³ ), and the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is 15.0 MPa or more. , Greater than the flexural modulus (6MPa ~ 10MPa) of rigid polyurethane foam used in past thermal insulation boxes. Therefore, in the heat-insulating box 700 according to this embodiment, it is possible to suppress a decrease in strength due to a decrease in the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam, and it does not occur that it cannot withstand the contents of the storage space or the storage room or the storage room. Problems such as deformation of the twisted heat insulation box 700 due to the weight of the opening and closing door pieces can lead to a highly reliable heat insulation box 700, a refrigerator 1, or a machine.

Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 or the apparatus provided with the heat insulation box 700 having the vacuum heat insulation material 400 in this embodiment, it is possible to prevent the heat insulation box 700 from being distorted when the opening and closing door pieces are skewed and the opening and closing door pieces cannot be opened and closed smoothly. , Can suppress the appearance deterioration due to deformation. In addition, it is possible to prevent the positional relationship of the contact surface (sealing surface) of the gasket and the gasket sealing the opening of the heat-insulating box from shifting and causing a gap, and the air in the storage room (cooling in the refrigerator) ) Out of the insulation box. Therefore, even if a large amount of the vacuum insulation material 400 is used, the performance or reliability of the heat insulation box 700 can be suppressed, and the heat insulation performance is excellent. Therefore, an energy-saving and highly reliable refrigerator or a vacuum insulation can be provided. Heat-insulated boxes or machines with vacuum insulation, machines with heat-insulated boxes.

Here, as in the case where the heat-insulating box 700 is used in a refrigerator, in the case of an elongated rectangular parallelepiped whose height in the up-down direction is greater than the length in the width direction, the bottom-surface wall 780 or the top-surface wall 740 or storage The partition walls 24 and the like between the chambers have a relatively long and thin side wall 790 or a back wall 730 arranged in a relatively vertical shape, and therefore have low rigidity and are easily deformed. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, by setting both the filling rate and the coverage rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 within a predetermined range, the strength (rigidity) of the heat insulation box 700 can be improved. In addition, by providing the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910, the strength of the cabinet can also be improved. In addition, the convex portion 450 is provided to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the concave portion 440 and the second concave portion 441 by a predetermined length X, and the other end is connected to the side wall 790, whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be transmitted through the hard The polyurethane foam is integrally formed with the convex portion 450, and the vacuum insulation material 400 can be integrally formed through the rigid polyurethane foam and the side wall 790. Therefore, the strength of the cabinet 700 can be increased. .

FIG. 21 is a graph showing the relationship between the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the side back surface coverage) and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box in the surface area of the side wall 790 and the back surface of the heat insulating box 700, and is calculated. the result of. The strength of the heat insulation box is that the shape of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 is an elongated rectangular shape. Compared with the slightly square shape of the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24, the rigidity is weaker. By setting the side and back surface coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more, the box strength can be improved. Here, the relationship between the area ratio (side back surface coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the box strength in the surface areas of the side surface portions 790 and the back wall 730 will be described.

In FIG. 21, the horizontal axis represents the area ratio (side-back coverage) of the vacuum insulation material 400 in the surface area of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 of the heat insulation box 700, and the vertical axis represents the amount of deformation of the box. . Here, the density of the polyurethane is 60 kg / m ³ , the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 40%, and the amount of deformation of the box when the area ratio of the side back surface (side back surface coverage) is 50% is 1. The flexural modulus of the vacuum insulation material 400 used was 20 MPa. Based on the measurement results of the flexural modulus of the vacuum insulation material used in practice, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam used in the past was larger than that of the conventional rigid material. (For example, about 6 to 10 MPa). Here, when the area ratio (side back surface coverage) is changed, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material is fixed at 40%. Therefore, if the area ratio (side back surface coverage) of the vacuum insulation material is increased, the vacuum insulation is performed. The thickness of the material becomes smaller.

In addition, the refrigerator 1 used in the calculation is an example, and it is a refrigerator set to 4 or more doors (for example, a model of 4 or 5 or 6 doors), a content volume of 500L, and a power consumption of 40W or less. The average distance (wall thickness) including the thickness of the plate between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is 30 mm, and the thickness of the space 315 (inner wall thickness) when the plate thickness of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 are assumed to be 1 mm is 28mm. The density of rigid polyurethane foam is 60kg / m ³ , the thermal conductivity of vacuum insulation material 400 is 0.0021W / (m‧k), and the thermal conductivity of rigid polyurethane foam is 0.019W / ( m‧k), the thermal insulation performance of the vacuum insulation material 400 is about 10 times higher than that of the rigid polyurethane foam.

In Fig. 21, the horizontal axis is a total table showing the side wall and the back wall. The ratio of the area occupied by the vacuum insulation material 400 in the area (the coverage of the vacuum insulation material on the back side) shows the amount of deformation of the box when a predetermined load is applied to the heat insulation box 700 with the opening and closing door ( The amount of collapse of the cabinet). Here, the amount of deformation of the box indicates, for example, a height of about 1/4 from the upper surface of one side wall of the heat-insulating box. When the position is slightly horizontal (horizontal direction, left-right direction when the front opening is viewed from the front), the amount of deformation in the left-right direction of the upper end of the side wall of the heat insulation box when a predetermined load is applied.

In Figure 21, it can be seen that when the vacuum insulation material 400 is added At the area ratio, the amount of deformation of the box becomes small. When the area ratio of the side surface to the back surface (the coverage of the vacuum insulation material on the side surface) is 70% or more, the change rate of the amount of deformation of the box becomes small. That is, before the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface reaches 70%, when the area ratio becomes large, the change rate of the box deformation suddenly becomes small, but when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface is 70% or more, As the area ratio becomes larger, the amount of box deformation hardly changes. Therefore, when the area ratio of the side surface to the back surface (the coverage ratio of the vacuum insulation material on the side surface) is 70% or more, the reduction ratio of the amount of deformation of the box becomes very small, even if the side surface area ratio of the vacuum insulation material becomes large. , The amount of deformation of the box is almost unchanged. This is because the degree of influence of the side-to-back area ratio of the vacuum insulation material on the strength of the box is almost saturated.

Here, the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is fixed to 40% or less. The calculation is performed, and therefore, when the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes large, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes thin. Before the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum insulation material reaches 70%, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface increases, the strength of the box is increased due to the increase in the area of the vacuum insulation material. The reduction of the deformation of the box is larger than the increase of the deformation of the box caused by the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400 becoming thinner. Therefore, the rigidity of the box is increased, and the deformation of the box is reduced. However, when the area ratio of the side and back of the vacuum insulation material exceeds 70%, the increase in the deformation of the cabinet caused by the decrease in the strength of the cabinet caused by the thinner thickness of the vacuum insulation material is almost the same as that of the vacuum insulation material. Material deployment area becomes larger The reduction of the deformation of the cabinet caused by the increase of the strength of the completed cabinet is reduced, so the reduction ratio of the deformation of the cabinet becomes smaller.

In addition, by increasing the ratio of Coverage) and when the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is reduced, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased. Before the area is 70%, the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is greater than the predetermined thickness. Therefore, the increase in the area ratio has a greater impact on the strength of the heat insulation box than the decrease in the thickness of the vacuum insulation material. As a result, the amount of deformation of the cabinet is reduced. However, if the ratio of the area of the vacuum insulation material is increased, the thickness of the vacuum insulation material becomes smaller and the thickness of the polyurethane becomes larger. The increase in the thickness of the ester has the same effect on the strength of the heat-insulating box as the increase in the area ratio of the vacuum heat-insulating material, and the reduction in the amount of deformation of the box becomes smaller.

Therefore, if the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (side surface back surface coverage) is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the strength of the cabinet can be obtained and a cabinet with high reliability can be obtained. In addition, if the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum insulation material is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, it will be in a range where the amount of deformation of the box hardly changes. In general, the amount of deformation of the box hardly changes. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat-insulating box, refrigerator, display cabinet, and machine with high strength, good design, and high reliability. If the coverage of the vacuum insulation material 400 is set to a predetermined value or more (60% or more) and the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum insulation material 400 is set to a second predetermined value (70%) or more, heat insulation can be improved. Performance, and can reduce the amount of deformation of the cabinet. Therefore, refrigerators, display cabinets and machines with good heat insulation performance, high reliability and energy saving can be obtained.

Here, the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is made constant and the vacuum insulation is performed. The increase in the area of the material 400 can increase the coverage and filling rate of the vacuum insulation material. However, if the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material is increased, the cost will increase. Therefore, the vacuum insulation material will be increased without changing the filling rate. Therefore, it is relatively low-cost to increase the strength of the heat-insulating box 700, and the heat-insulating efficiency can be improved because the area of the heat-insulating material can be increased. Therefore, the filling ratio of the vacuum insulation material 400 is 40% or more, and the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface (the coverage ratio of the vacuum insulation material on the side back surface) is 70% or more. The strength of the hot box. Therefore, if the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum insulation material (the coverage ratio of the vacuum insulation material on the side back surface) is set to a second predetermined value (an area ratio in which the reduction ratio of the amount of deformation of the heat insulation box is reduced, For example, it is about 70% or more), the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 can be reduced (thickness of the polyurethane can be reduced), and the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. The larger the arrangement area of the vacuum insulation material 400 on the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 (the coverage of the vacuum insulation material on the side back surface), the smaller the amount of deformation of the heat insulation box 700. Therefore, the heat insulation box 700 can be made. The heat resistance of the heat-resistant box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the equipment provided with the heat-insulation box can be provided with high strength and excellent heat insulation performance.

(Urethane properties)

Here, the physical properties and characteristics of the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the heat-insulating box 700 will be described. Rigid polyurethane foam, by increasing its free foam density, can increase the thermal insulation box 700 with stable strength and good appearance and high quality after foaming.

Here, the so-called free foam density is not hermetically sealed in a cabinet or the like Polyurethane foam in a space, and rigid polyurethane foam when foaming polyurethane in an open state such as an open container density. However, in reality, polyurethane is foamed and expanded in a closed and narrow space in the heat-insulating box 700. Therefore, the foamed and expanded polymer is in a closed and narrow space in the heat-insulating box 700 and the like. The density of the urethane will be greater than the free foam density of the foamed and expanded polyurethane in the open state.

By increasing the density of the rigid polyurethane foam after foaming, as illustrated in FIG. 16, it is possible to increase the flexural modulus. However, the polyurethane raw liquid is allowed to flow into the heat insulation box as it is. When the density of the body 700 is increased, a polyurethane with a small expansion ratio used in the past has a small free foam density (26 to 28 kg / m ³ ) and a small expansion ratio. Therefore, when a polyurethane is used, When the thickness of the flow path of the part through which the acid ester passes is large, the degree of foaming will be uneven, and the density of the polyurethane is likely to be uneven near the injection ports 703 and 704 and at the end (the part away from the injection port). It is difficult to obtain stable strength.

In the present embodiment, by using the free foam density is greater than in the past (e.g., 25 ~ 28kg / m ³⁾ of rigid polyurethane foam (e.g. free foam density of 30 ~ 45kg / m ^3), even if the polyamino The thickness of the flow path of the portion through which the formate passes is large and small, and the foaming ratio is large, so that the foam can be stably foamed, and the density unevenness after foaming can be reduced. Therefore, it is easy to make the density of the polyurethane after foaming substantially uniform.

For example, a rigid polyurethane foam foam has bubbles inside. If the density is small, there are many bubbles and the heat insulation effect is high. Therefore, in the past, the thermal insulation box 700 was a product having a density of 25 to 28 kg / m ³ after foaming using a rigid polyurethane foam used. This conventional polyurethane foam is used and its flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more to ensure the strength of the heat-insulating box 700. For example, when the thickness of the wall is 28 mm, the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is removed. The thickness of the polyurethane thermal insulation box with a thickness of 8mm has to be injected and filled with an exact filling amount than the polyurethane (the rigid polyurethane foam is filled exactly and not excessively The amount of polyurethane in the target case and the density after foaming tend to be uniform.) More polyurethanes tend to have uneven density.

In addition, since it is necessary to inject and fill more polyurethane than the exact amount of polyurethane, it is necessary to pressurize or extend the filling time during polyurethane injection. Therefore, polyurethane The acid ester may leak through the gaps (such as the joint between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750) such as the joint of the outer contour of the heat insulation box 700 or the opening and closing door sheet, or it may not be injected (unfillable). For urethanes, it is difficult to ensure the density of the rigid polyurethane foam filled into the box with a density of a predetermined value (for example, 60 kg / m ³ ) or more. In addition, when the polyurethane leaks from the outer casing, it is necessary to perform the operation of removing the leaked polyurethane, which requires more work time or assembly time, which increases the cost and reduces the design. Thus, in the past such that the filled hard polyurethane insulation box density of less than 60kg / m ^3, but using 25 ~ 30kg / m ³ degrees, at best in 55kg / m ³ or less of the composition.

Here, in this embodiment, the free foam density is increased by reducing the amount of the foamed material or the like contained in the polyurethane raw liquid. For example, in a thermal insulation box 700 having a polyurethane thickness of 8 mm (the thickness of the polyurethane flow path after removing the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is 8 mm), the free foam density is set at The predetermined value (more than 30kg / m ³ , preferably more than 35kg / m ³ ), so that the density at the exact filling force (the density after the polyurethane foam is not excessively filled in the box) is greater than 60kg / m ³ It can make the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam more than 15MPa. Therefore, it is possible to solve the problems of thermal insulation boxes such as uneven density of polyurethane or leakage of polyurethane, and it is possible to obtain highly reliable and high-strength thermal insulation boxes 700, refrigerators 1, and display cases. , And machines with insulated boxes.

If a spacer is provided and the vacuum insulation material 400 is attached to the spacer, the heat insulation performance may be affected by the density of the refrigerant piping 725. However, as illustrated in FIGS. 17 to 21, for example, a vacuum is applied. The thickness of the polyurethane at the location of the heat insulating material 400 is set to a predetermined value (11 mm or less, or 6 mm or less), or the polyurethane / wall thickness is set to a predetermined value (0.3) or less. Or if the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 is set within a predetermined range (40% to 90%), the influence on the insulation performance of the insulation box can be reduced (for the insulation box 700 or the partition of the opening and closing door sheet). Influence of thermal insulation performance of hot box). In addition, when the thickness of the polyurethane is 11 mm or less, by setting the free foam density to a predetermined value (for example, 35 kg / m ³ ) or more, it can be set to be just right that no polyurethane leakage occurs. Filling amount (can adjust the exact filling amount).

The heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment can make the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box 700 thinner than in the past, and even if a predetermined strength is ensured, the polyurethane is not easily leaked from the outer surface during filling, and can satisfy Insulation box 700 having the required quality and capable of improving energy saving and excellent internal volume efficiency. That is, the storage volume of the heat-insulated box can be made without changing the external dimensions of the heat-insulated box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or a machine equipped with the heat-insulated box (for example, the volume of the storage compartment or the volume of the storage room in the refrigerator) Since it is larger than in the past, more storage items can be stored in the heat-insulating box 700 than in the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat-insulating box 700, a refrigerator 1, or a heat-insulating box 700 which is easy to use and has good heat-insulating properties and high strength and reliability. Box machine. In addition, if the storage volume in the room (storage room) is set as in the past, the external dimensions can be reduced, and the reduction amount is the reduction in wall thickness.

Here, the refrigerator 1 includes a cooling device for cooling the air (cold air) supplied to the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5. The cooling device includes a compressor 12, a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensation pipe 725), a pressure reducing device (such as an expansion valve or a capillary tube), a cooler 13, and the like to form a refrigeration cycle. Among the constituent elements constituting this refrigeration cycle, the compressor 12 and the decompression device are provided in the machine room 1A formed on the lower side (or the upper side) of the back surface of the heat insulation box 700 forming the refrigerator 1. The condensation pipe 725 is provided on, for example, the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the top wall 740 of the heat insulation box 700. A fan grill forming a storage space for the storage is provided on the back of the storage room. The storage box side of the back wall 730 is provided with a back cover plate of a different structure from the inner box 750. The cooler 13 is provided on the inner box 750 and the fan. Inside the cooler chamber 131 between the back cover members such as grille. In addition, the cooler chamber 131 is also provided with a cooling air circulation fan 14 for blowing air (cooled air) cooled by the cooler 13 to each of the storage compartments such as the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5, and the like. room. In addition, a control board room 31 is provided above the top wall 740 or the back wall 730 of the heat-insulating box 700 (or a slightly central height position of the back wall 730), and a control device 30 is provided in the control board room 31. The device 30 controls the operation of the compressor 12 or the number of revolutions of the air-conditioning circulation fan 14 or the like, or controls the temperature inside the store.

In the refrigerator 1 configured as described above, the high-temperature and high-pressure gas refrigerant sent from the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A is condensed into a low-temperature and high-pressure liquid refrigerant through a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensation pipe) 725. The liquid refrigerant is decompressed to a low-temperature and low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant by a decompression device, and when it reaches the cooler 13, it has reached a low temperature of, for example, -20 ° C or lower. This low-temperature and low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant cools the air in the cooler chamber 131, and the cooled air is supplied to each of the storage compartments such as the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5, and the like by the cooling air circulation fan 14. In this way, each of the storage compartments (or the items stored in these storage compartments) such as the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5, and the like is cooled. On the other hand, the low-temperature and low-pressure refrigerant that cools the air in the cooler chamber 131 is heated by the air in the cooler chamber 131 to evaporate, and the low-pressure gaseous refrigerant is sucked in and compressed by the compressor 12 again. .

As described above, in the refrigerator 1 of this embodiment, the refrigerator 1 is formed in the outer case 710. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 as the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 among the total volume of the total internal volume of the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the door inner space of the opening and closing door sheet. Established value (for example, 40% ~ 80%). Therefore, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulation box 700 (for example, the distance (thickness) between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, or the thickness of the opening and closing door) is thinner than in the past, the heat insulation performance can be ensured. Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, the heat insulation performance of the heat insulation box 700 is improved. Therefore, the cold air or the contents in the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are not easily heated, and therefore, it can be shortened. The operating time of the compressor 12 for cooling can reduce the air volume of the fan. Therefore, the amount of air (cold air) required for cooling in the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 can be reduced, the number of revolutions of the compressor 12, or the length of the operation pause time can be reduced. Therefore, energy-saving Operational. Therefore, the refrigerator 1 of this embodiment can save energy more than in the past. Therefore, the refrigerator 1 can increase the volume of the storage room (internal storage volume) as compared with the past without changing its external dimensions, and can increase the number of items that can be stored in the storage room. Therefore, an easy-to-use refrigerator and machine can be obtained.

In addition, if the freezer compartment 6 having the largest temperature difference from the outside air is allocated By placing it at a slightly central position in the up-down direction, it is possible to prevent the heat of the external air from entering the freezing chamber 6 from above and below. Therefore, the heat entering surface of the heat from the outside air into the freezing chamber 6 can be four (opening and closing doors in front) Film, left side, right side, back side 4). Therefore, an energy-saving refrigerator 1 can be obtained.

In addition, according to this embodiment, the space 315 and the door are filled. The rigidity of the rigid polyurethane foam in the external space is 15.0 MPa or more, and the strength of the heat-insulating box 700 can meet the predetermined strength. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the distortion that cannot withstand the weight of the storage contents. Deformation and the like of the heat-insulating box 700. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat-insulating box 700 from being distorted and the front opening and closing door pieces being inclined, and it is possible to suppress the appearance from being deteriorated. In addition, it is possible to suppress the positional deviation of the sealing member between the opening / closing door sheet and the front opening of the sealed heat-insulating box to cause a gap, so that the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5, the ice-making compartment 3, and switching can be switched. The air (cold air) in the room 4 leaks to the outside of the heat insulation box 700 or the refrigerator 1, and an energy-saving refrigerator or machine can be obtained.

In addition, regarding the vacuum insulation in the space 315 or the interior space of the door The distribution of the filling rate of the material 400 can be changed for each predetermined position in the space 315 or the interior space of the door according to the temperature difference between the outside air and each storage room.

For example, the freezer compartment 6 (or the ice-making compartment 3, Change the room 4), the temperature difference between the temperature in the storage room and the outside air is the largest. Therefore, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the left side, the right side, the back, and the front (opening and closing door pieces) of the heat insulation box 700 in a range facing the freezer compartment 6 can be made. The filling rate of the wall surface (such as the left side, the right side, the back side, and the front (opening and closing door)) facing the other storage rooms (e.g., the refrigerated room 2 as a high-temperature greenhouse 2 and the vegetable room 5) is 60, for example. %the above. With such a configuration, it is possible to suppress heat intrusion into the freezer compartment 6 of the lowest temperature low-temperature greenhouse, and it is possible to provide a more energy-efficient refrigerator 1 and a device.

In addition, for example, when the outside air temperature is, for example, 30 ° C, the mechanical The chamber 1A is, for example, 40 ° C or higher, and the temperature of the control substrate chamber 31 also rises to, for example, 40 ° C or higher. That is, the temperature difference between the wall surface or partition wall 24 between the storage room facing the machine room 1A and the control substrate room 31 and the storage room is greater than that of the wall surface or partition wall 24 of other parts. Therefore, heat easily intrudes into the storage room which is arranged near the machine room 1A and the control board room 31. Therefore, in the wall surface or the partition wall 24 arranged between the machine room 1A or the control substrate room 31 and the storage room, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be made higher than other wall surfaces or the partition wall 24 to improve the heat insulation thereof. performance. For example, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the wall surface or the partition wall 24 arranged between the machine room 1A, or the control substrate room 31 and the storage room is 60% (the coverage rate of the side back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 70%). % Or more), the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material 400 of the other wall surface or the partition wall 24 may be 40% or more (90% or less). With this configuration, it is possible to suppress the intrusion of heat from the high-temperature machine room 1A or the control board room 31 to the nearby storage room, and it is possible to make the refrigerator 1 more energy-efficient.

The heat-insulating box 700 of this embodiment can also be used, for example, for heating Water heating device and hot water storage device having a water tank for storing water heated by the heating device. By arranging a water tank inside the heat insulation box 700, the water tank can be insulated by the heat insulation box 700 having a smaller external size than in the past, and the hot water storage device can be space-saving. In addition, this embodiment can be applied to the case where a vacuum barrier is provided. Machines for insulating walls of hot materials (such as refrigerators, display cabinets, freezers, hot water storage devices, thermos bottles, air conditioners, etc.).

In the aspect of the present invention, it is not necessary to provide irregularities in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to use the core material enclosed in the outer material as the shape following the uneven shape of the outer material. Therefore, a flat-shaped article can be used as the vacuum heat insulation material. 400, so there is no need to use fluid granular material as the heartwood, inorganic fibers such as glass fibers, or fiber-based heartwood such as organic fibers can be used, and complicated processing such as providing unevenness on the outer cover material is not required. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine that are low-cost, have good handleability, and improve heat-insulating performance.

Here, in the present embodiment, the third intervening structure material may be the same as the first intervening structure material. The second intervening material may be the same as the first intervening material.

(Effect of the implementation form)

As described above, in this embodiment, the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 are formed, and at least the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 are formed. The heat-insulating box 700 with the front opening includes the back wall 730 and the side wall 790. The corner portion is a convex portion 450 that protrudes to the front side more than the back wall 730; the inner box 750 formed in the back wall 730 is formed with a concave portion 440 that is recessed to the rear side than the convex portion 450 when viewed from the front side (also may be Second recess 441); and at least between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the back wall 730, and between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 facing the recess 440, at least in the width direction (or A flat plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 that is larger in width than the width of the recessed portion 440 (shown as the range W of the recessed portion 440 in FIG. 8). The convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a length X. If an adhesive is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440, and between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450, Box 750 as intermediary Material, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 is reduced, the protrusion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum insulation material 400 by a length X, so that only the portion of the overlapped length X is adhered. The adhesive thickness of an agent (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam as a foam insulation material) is increased, and the vacuum insulation material 400 can be strongly adhered to the inner box forming the recessed portion 440 by the adhesive in the convex portion 450. 750 (or outer box 710). In addition, the inner box 750 forming the recessed portion 440 and the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 can also be firmly adhered through the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 is reduced in the recessed portion 440, the recessed portion 440, the vacuum insulation material 400, and the side wall can be passed through the convex portion 450 having a large adhesive thickness. Since the 790 is formed integrally, the wall thickness of the recessed portion 440 provided with the vacuum heat insulating material can be reduced, and the strength of the box or wall can be increased.

Here, if used as a self-adhesive foam insulation material As the rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive for the intermediate structure, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to a predetermined value of 11 mm or less, The convex portion 450 and the vacuum insulation material 400 only overlap the length X. Therefore, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 that only overlaps the length X is increased, and the vacuum insulation is increased. The hot material 400 can be firmly adhered to the inner case 750 (or the outer case 710) by the rigid polyurethane foam in the protrusion 450. In addition, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 facing the recessed portion 440 and the inner box 750 is reduced, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 facing the recessed portion 440 can pass through. The rigid polyurethane foam in the convex portion 450 is integrally formed with the side wall 790. Therefore, even if the portion of the concave portion 440 is formed, Thinning the wall thickness can also increase the strength of the cabinet or the wall.

In addition, it is formed by an outer box 710 and an inner box 750. There is at least one surrounding wall (for example, a side wall 790, a top wall 740, a bottom wall 780, and a partition wall 24). In the heat-insulating box 700 having an opening in the front, the back wall 730 has a protrusion formed at a corner of the surrounding wall. And a recessed portion 440 (or a second recessed portion 441) that is recessed to the rear side than the protruding portion 450 when viewed from the front side, and includes an inner box 750 disposed at a position facing the recessed portion 440 (or the second recessed portion 441). A flat plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 that is larger than the width P (the range W of the recessed portion) of the recessed portion 440 at least in the width direction or the longitudinal direction between the outer case 710 and the outer case 710. The convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a length X. If an adhesive is filled between the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the inner box 750 forming the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material, If the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 becomes thin between the materials 400, the convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum insulation material 400 by a length X. The thickness of the adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam as a foamed heat-insulating material) at a portion of the length X is increased, and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 can be strongly adhered by the adhesive in the convex portion 450. The inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) forming the recessed portion 440. In addition, the inner box 750 and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24) forming the recessed portion 440 can be firmly adhered through the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is reduced in the recessed portion 440, the recessed portion 440 and the vacuum can be passed through the protruding portion 450 having a large intermediary material thickness (adhesive thickness). The heat insulating material 400 and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top surface wall 740, the bottom surface wall 780, and the partition wall 24) are integrally formed. Therefore, the wall thickness of the recess 440 provided with the vacuum insulation material The thickness can be reduced, and the strength of the box or wall can be increased.

In addition, if the surrounding wall is a chamber that is connected to the back wall 730 (for example, (Such as a storage room) of the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24, even if the thickness of the adhesive of the intermediary structure material between the vacuum insulation material 400 in the recess 440 and the inner box 750 is The thin vacuum insulation material 400 disposed in the recessed portion 440 can be formed by an intermediary material (adhesive) of the convex portion and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24). It is integrated, so that even if the wall thickness of the portion forming the recessed portion 440 is reduced, the strength of the box or the wall can be improved. In addition, if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as an intermediary material (adhesive), a predetermined thermal insulation performance can be obtained.

In addition, if liquid or liquid Phase state, foaming after filling, and functioning as an adhesive, a self-adhesive foamed heat insulation material is used as an intermediary structure material (adhesive), even if the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 are in the recess 440 The gap becomes smaller and can flow into the gap in a liquid state or in a two-phase state. Therefore, the intermediary structure material (adhesive) can be filled, and the adhesive strength or fixed strength can be ensured. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is reduced, the strength of the box can be ensured. In addition, since it also functions as a heat insulating material, the heat insulating performance is also improved.

In the case of using an adhesive as an intermediary material, The rigid polyurethane foam with a foaming heat insulating material is used as a partition in the portion where the thickness of the polyurethane becomes thinner (for example, the wall where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed, such as the recess 440). The effect of the hot material is small, but the rigid polyurethane foam of the intermediate material may be used as an adhesive as in this embodiment. In addition, it is possible to ensure that the thickness of the polyurethane is a thick portion (for example, it is not disposed The wall of the vacuum insulation material 400) can obtain the effect of the heat insulation material and can be used as the heat insulation material. Therefore, both the strength of the box body and the heat insulation performance can be ensured, and a high performance and highly reliable heat insulation box can be obtained. Body, refrigerator, machine, etc. In addition, rigid polyurethane foam has excellent characteristics of self-adhesion not found in other heat-insulating materials. Therefore, even without using other adhesives, it can be directly applied to the object (inner box 750, vacuum insulation). The surfaces of the hot material 400 and the outer box 710) are foamed to form a heat-insulating layer that is strongly adhered to the object, and both adhesiveness and heat-insulation can be obtained.

In addition, even if it is filled between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 The thickness of the adhesive used as an intermediary material is smaller than the thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400. The wall insulation or the box strength can also be ensured by the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, the wall thickness of the wall provided with the vacuum insulation material 400 can be made. Thin.

In addition, if the thickness of the adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediary material filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 facing the recessed portion 440 is set to 11 mm or less Since the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the box strength can be improved.

In addition, the heat-insulating box formed by the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the upper wall 24 (or the top wall 740), and the lower wall 24 (or the bottom wall 780) and having a front opening includes: Vacuum insulation 400 between the inner box 750 on the inner surface and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the back wall 730, or between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790, And, it is filled or sealed or coated or installed in the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 In the meantime, the intermediary structural material that adheres or fixes or fixes the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750, the intermediary structural material is polyurethane foam, and the thickness of the intermediary structural material is less than 11 mm. Therefore, the polyamino group can be increased. The flexural modulus of the urethane foam makes it possible to increase the strength even if the thickness of the urethane foam is reduced. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the box strength can be improved.

In addition, if a rigid polyurethane with self-adhesion is used Ester foam is used as an intermediary material (adhesive), and [(thickness of intermediary material) / (thickness of intermediary material + thickness of the vacuum insulation material)] is set to 0.3 or less. Since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material of the vacuum insulation material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam is improved, the insulation performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

In addition, heat fusion is used between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer case 710. The second adhesive agent of the second intermediary structural material other than the foamed heat-insulating material such as double-sided tape or the like is directly adhered, and the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation filled in the position facing the recessed portion 440 (or the second recessed portion 441) are vacuum-insulated. The thickness of the adhesive (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) between the materials 400 as the first intermediary structure material is set to 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the first intermediary structure material / (the first intermediary structure material's (Thickness + thickness of the vacuum insulation material) is set to 0.3 or less, the vacuum insulation material 400 is directly adhered to the outer box 710 through the second adhesive of the second intermediary structure material, and then used as the adhesive of the first intermediary structure material. It suffices to fill the space between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750, and therefore the assemblability is improved. In addition, if the second adhesive of the second intermediary material other than the foamed heat insulation material such as hot-melt or double-sided tape is directly adhered between the outer case 710 and the vacuum insulation material 400, the wall thickness can be reduced. In addition, it is possible to increase the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam as the first intermediary material. Smaller thickness polyurethane foams can also increase strength. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the box strength can be improved. In addition, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum insulation material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, the insulation performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

In addition, the vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730. When the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum insulation material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more, the strength of the box can be increased and the amount of deformation of the box can be reduced. Therefore, high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, water heaters, and machines can be obtained.

That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged at least on the back wall 730, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 arranged on the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 is a projection area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790. In total, the ratio of the surface area to the total surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more. Therefore, the strength of the box can be increased and the amount of deformation of the box can be reduced. Therefore, high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, water heaters, and machines can be obtained.

In addition, in an insulated box 700 having an outer box 710 and an inner box 750 If the volume ratio of the vacuum insulation material 400 to the volume of the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is 40% or more, the strength of the box can be increased and the amount of deformation of the box can be reduced. Therefore, high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, water heaters, and machines can be obtained.

In addition, a convex portion 450 is provided at a corner of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730. Placing the vacuum insulation material 400 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 can increase the strength of the box. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide irregularities in the vacuum insulation material 400, The core material enclosed in the outer material needs to have a shape following the uneven shape of the outer material. Therefore, a flat-shaped article can be used as the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, a fiber-based heart material such as organic fiber or inorganic fiber can be used. As the core material of the vacuum insulation material 400, a fibrous core material such as organic fibers or inorganic fibers can be used. Therefore, it is not necessary to use a granular material having fluidity to form complicated shapes such as irregularities, and it is not necessary to provide the irregularities on the outer material. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine that are low-cost, have good handleability, and improve heat-insulating performance.

In addition, a vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam serving as an intermediate member between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to 11 mm or less ( It is better to be less than 10mm), which can increase the strength of the cabinet, so it is not necessary to provide irregularities in the vacuum insulation material 400, and it is not necessary to use the core material enclosed in the outer material as the shape following the uneven shape of the outer material. A flat article can be used as the vacuum insulation material 400, and a fiber-based core material such as organic fibers or inorganic fibers can be used as the heart material of the vacuum insulation material 400. Therefore, a fiber-based core material such as organic fibers or inorganic fibers can be used as the vacuum insulation material. The heartwood of the material 400 does not require the use of granular materials with fluidity to form complicated shapes such as irregularities, and does not require complicated processing of providing the irregularities on the outer material. Therefore, it is possible to achieve low cost and good handling. Insulation boxes, refrigerators, and machines that improve heat insulation performance.

In addition, it includes a heat-insulating box 700, storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and a cooler 13 that generates a cooling storage room. A recessed portion 440 or a second recessed portion 441 is provided in the vertical direction, and the recessed portion 440 or The second concave portion 441 is used as the cold air passage 760 through which the cold air flow generated by the cooler 13 passes. The thinner wall thickness can increase the volume of the storage room, and the recess can be used as the cold air path 760. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide a separate cold air path.

In addition, the heat-insulating box 700, the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and the cooler 13 generating the cooling storage compartment are provided. The recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441 is provided in the up-down direction, and the recessed portion 440 can be formed. Alternatively, the second concave portion 441 is used as an air passage through which water mist generated by the water mist device 200 flows. Therefore, the wall thickness of the recessed portion can be reduced to increase the volume in the storage room, and the recessed portion can be used as a water mist air passage, so it is not necessary to provide a water mist air passage separately.

Further, since the cooler chamber 131 provided with the cooler 13 is provided, and the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441 communicates with the cooler chamber 131, the recessed portion can be used as a cold air passage.

In addition, if the water mist air passage for supplying the water mist generated by the water mist device 200 is used in the convex portion 450, the convex portion enhances the strength of the box, and it is not necessary to provide a water mist air passage separately, which can reduce the cost. Humidification, sterilization, and the like are performed, and a heat-insulating box having excellent design and a refrigerator and the like having the heat-insulating box are obtained.

In addition, the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441 is provided on the back surface of the storage room (for example, the refrigerating room 2), and the lighting device 900 that illuminates the storage room is provided on the upper wall, the lower wall, the side wall, or the branch wall forming the storage room. As for the partition wall 24, the cold air path 760 and the lighting device 900 can be installed on different wall surfaces, compared with the same wall surface, so that the degree of freedom of the air path configuration, the placement position, or the configuration and the placement position of the lighting device can be improved.

In addition, if a refrigeration cycle is provided, and the piping 725 forming the refrigeration cycle is provided at the convex portion 450, the strength of the cabinet can be increased, and no additional installation is required. Where the pipe 725 is placed, a low-cost, highly-designed heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and machine can be obtained.

In addition, it includes a refrigerating cycle and a recess 440 or a second recess 441 is formed as a protruding portion 910 protruding toward the front side (front opening side), and when the piping 725 forming the freezing cycle is provided on the protruding portion 910, the strength of the cabinet can be increased, and a separate place for the piping 725 is not required, and the Achieve low cost and excellent design of heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, and machines.

In addition, a compressor drive control wire or a temperature control guide Disposing the control wires such as wires or the tube 720 with the control wires inside the convex portion 450 can increase the strength of the cabinet, and it is not necessary to separately install a place such as the control wires or the tube 720, which can achieve low cost. Insulation boxes, refrigerators, and machines with excellent design.

In addition, it includes a refrigerating cycle and a recess 440 or a second recess 441 is formed as a protrusion 910 protruding toward the front side, and a control wire such as a compressor drive control wire, a temperature control wire, or a tube 720 in which the control wire is disposed in the protrusion 910 can be improved. The strength of the cabinet does not require a separate place such as a control wire or a tube 720, and it is possible to obtain a low-cost, highly-designed heat-insulating cabinet, refrigerator, and machine.

In addition, the outer box 710 is provided at a filling port of a foamed heat insulating material. 703 and 704, the vacuum insulation material 400 is provided so as not to block the filling opening. When the foam insulation material is filled, the vacuum insulation material 400 does not hinder the filling of the foam insulation material. The entire area of the body is filled. Therefore, high-strength and high-reliability heat-insulating boxes, refrigerators, and machines are obtained.

In addition, it includes: formed by an outer box 710 and an inner box 750, and has a top The outer profile of the heat insulation box 700 with the front wall 740, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780, and the storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and a back wall 730 formed in the storage room, a recessed portion 440 (or a second recessed portion 441) provided at a slightly central position in the width direction of the back wall of the storage room, and an inner box disposed at a position opposite to the recessed portion 440 A flat vacuum insulation material 400 that is larger than the width of the recessed portion 440 at least in the width direction between 750 and the outer box 710, and is filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 that are positioned opposite the recessed portion 440. Foam insulation material of intermediary structure material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam), the bending elastic modulus of vacuum insulation material 400 is 20 MPa or more, and the position of the foam insulation material of intermediary structure material is opposite to recess 440. The thickness is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foam insulation material / (thickness of the foam insulation material + thickness of the vacuum insulation material) is 0.3 or less, that is, if (1), (2), and (3) described later are satisfied ) At least one of the conditions: (1) the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum insulation material is ≧ 20MPa; (2) the thickness of the foamed insulation material / (development (Thickness of insulation material + thickness of vacuum insulation material) ≦ 0.3; (3) thickness of foamed insulation material ≦ 11 mm (preferably the thickness of foamed insulation material is less than 10 mm), the wall thickness of the box can be reduced In addition, it can reduce the wall thickness of the box, and improve the strength and heat insulation performance of the box. Therefore, the volume in the room (such as a storage room) can be increased to obtain a high-strength and good heat-insulating box and refrigerator. ,machine. In addition, since the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is reduced, the box strength can be improved. In addition, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed by the composite structure including the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, the heat insulation performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

In addition, the vacuum insulation material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730. If the ratio of the area of the vacuum insulation material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more, a small amount of deformation of the box can be obtained, and high strength and rigidity can be obtained. , And high thermal insulation box, refrigerator, machine.

In addition, if the outer box 710 and the inner box form the outer contour of the heat insulation box The space ratio between 750 and 315 of the vacuum insulation material 400 has a volume ratio of 40% or more, and a heat-insulating box with a small amount of deformation of the box, high strength and rigidity, and high heat insulation performance can be obtained. , Refrigerator, machine.

In addition, the present embodiment includes: an outer box 710 and an inner box It is formed by 750 and has an outer contour of a heat-insulating box 700 having a top wall 740, a back wall 730, a side wall 790, and a bottom wall 780, and a front surface which is provided inside the outer contour of the heat-insulating box 700 and is formed by partition walls 24. Storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, with openings, and drawer-type boxes 520 stored in the storage compartments and pulled out by a rail structure 810 provided on a side wall 790 forming the storage compartments, and at least A vacuum heat insulating material 400 formed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 of the side wall 790 of the storage room, and the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 filling the side wall 790 and the rail mounting portion 755 of the mounting rail member 810 If the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material facing the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm or less (for example, preferably less than 10 mm), the foamed heat insulating material serving as an intermediary structural material can be made thinner. . In addition, if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the foamed heat insulating material of the intermediate material, the bending elasticity is increased, the strength of the box is increased, and the holding strength or fixing strength of the rail mounting portion 755 is increased.

In addition, it includes an outer contour of a heat-insulating box 700 formed by an outer box 710 and an inner box 750, and having a top wall 740, a back wall 730, a side wall 790, and a bottom wall 780, and an outer frame provided on the heat-insulating box 700. The storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, which are formed by partition walls 24 and have openings in the front, and are stored in the storage compartments, and are provided by a rail structure 810 provided on a side wall 790 forming the storage compartments. A drawer-type box 520 that is pulled out, and a vacuum insulation material 400 disposed between at least an inner box 750 and an outer box 710 forming a side wall 790 of the storage room, and a track filled or coated on the side wall 790 and the mounting rail structure 810 The foamed thermal insulation material serving as an intermediary material between the inner box 750 of the mounting portion 755 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is such that the thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material 4 as the intermediary material located opposite the rail mounting portion 755 is between 11mm or less (for example, less than 10mm is preferred), the density of the foamed heat insulation material filled or coated between the inner box 750 and the vacuum insulation material 400 of the track (rail mounting portion) 755 of the installation rail is greater than the density of the foam insulation material 60kg / m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intermediary structural material is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength or fixing strength of the screws or the screw fixing portions for fixing the rails and the like is increased, and the inner box 750 near the rail mounting portion 755 is not deformed. Pull out the drawer door or box smoothly. In addition, since the rail mounting portion 755 on which the fixing member such as a screw is mounted is not damaged, reliability is improved. In addition, if the thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be reduced. If a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the foamed thermal insulation material of the intermediate material, then Improve the bending elastic rate and increase the strength of the box.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 are included, and an outer contour of a heat-insulating box 700 having a top wall 740, a back wall 730, a side wall 790, and a bottom wall 780 is provided, and is provided in the heat insulation. The storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, which are formed by the partition wall 24 inside the outer contour of the box 700 and have openings in the front, and are stored in the storage compartment, and are arranged on the bottom surface of the storage compartment or Drawer-type box 520 that is pulled out of the rail structure 810 of the upper partition wall (including the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the top wall 740 between the storage room and the storage room), and The vacuum insulation material 400 in the partition wall (including the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the top wall 740 between the storage room and the storage room), and the partition wall (including the storage room and The partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the top wall 740 between the storage rooms are filled or coated or arranged to form a partition wall (including the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the top wall 740 between the storage room and the storage room) Insulation material between the outer frame material and the vacuum insulation material 400 as an intermediary structure material The thickness of the thermal insulation material of the intermediate structural material in the partition wall position facing the rail structural material 810 is 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), and it is filled or coated or arranged on the outer structural material and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. The density of the heat-insulating material used as an intermediate structure material is more than 60 kg / m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intermediate structure material is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength or fixing strength of the screws or the screw fixing portions for fixing the rails and the like increases, and the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 between the storage room and the storage room 24, The bottom surface wall 780 and the top surface wall 740) are not deformed in the shape of the outer frame. Therefore, the drawer door or the box can be smoothly pulled out. In addition, since the partition wall to which the fixing member such as a screw is mounted is not damaged, reliability is improved. In addition, if the thickness of the heat-insulating material of the intermediary material is set to 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be reduced. If a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the heat-insulating material of the intermediary material, the thickness can be increased. Bending elasticity, and increase the strength of the partition wall and box.

In addition, if (thickness of the foamed insulation material as the intermediary structure material) / (thickness of the foamed insulation material as the intermediary structure material + thickness of the vacuum insulation material 400) When the degree) is set to 0.3 or less, the thermal conductivity of the composite structural material in which the foamed thermal insulation material and the vacuum thermal insulation material combined as an intermediate structural material are reduced can be reduced, and therefore, the thermal insulation performance of the composite structural material can be improved.

In addition, when a heat source such as a hot water tank is insulated, it is possible to It can reduce the thickness of the heat insulation wall (back wall 730, top wall 740, bottom wall 780, side wall 790, partition wall 24, etc.), and reduce the insulation of the cylindrical or rectangular tube or the box 700 with a front opening. The external dimensions of the heat box (such as outer diameter, width, depth, height, etc.), and resulting in a simple thermal insulation box, refrigerator, storage water heater, machine, etc.

In addition, if the foamed heat insulation material used as the intermediate structure material is rigid polyurethane For urethane foam, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam used is 15 MPa or more, the fixing strength or fixing strength of the screws used to fix the track or the screw fixing portion increases, and the track mounting portion 755 The nearby inner box 750 is not deformed, and therefore, drawer doors, boxes, and the like can be smoothly pulled out. In addition, since the inner box 750 of the mounting portion such as a screw is not damaged, reliability is improved.

In addition, when a two-stage rail capable of pulling the rail in two stages or a three-stage rail capable of pulling the rail in three stages is used, the load on the rail portion (rail mounting portion) 755 becomes large, but If the thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material of the intermediary structural material facing the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm or less, (thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material as the intermediary structural material) / (foamed as the intermediary structural material) The thickness of the heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400) is set to 0.3 or less, and it is filled between the inner box 750 of the rail mounting portion (rail portion) 755 where the rail structure 810 is installed and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 as an intermediary structure. If the density of the foam insulation material is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the strength of the track portion 755 of the inner box 750 is increased, and the holding strength or fixing of the fixing member 735 such as screws for fixing the track member 810 and the like is fixed. The strength is increased, and the inner box 750 near the rail mounting portion 755 is not deformed. Therefore, even when a two-stage rail or a three-stage rail is used, the drawer door or the box can be smoothly pulled out. In addition, since the rail portion 755 or the inner case 750 of the mounting portion of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is not damaged, reliability is improved.

In addition, the box 520 has a side wall of the box forming the box 520, And the rail supporting portion (box step portion) 525 forming the side wall of the box as the step portion supporting the box 520 on the rail structure 810 is provided in comparison with the rail supporting portion (box step portion) 525 as the step portion. In the case where the height direction of the box 520 is higher than 1/2, if the rail support portion (box step portion) 525 as the step portion is provided in the height direction with respect to the box 520, it is counted as 1 from the top. A lower position below / 2 (preferably a lower position below 1/3) can increase the width of the box 520 by increasing the demolding angle of the box 520, and therefore can increase the volume of the box 520.

In addition, a library provided on the top wall 740 or the back wall 730 is included. A control substrate chamber 31 on the outer side (as opposed to the storage chamber side shown in FIG. 14) with a control device 30, and a vacuum insulation material 400 disposed between the control substrate chamber 31 and the inner box 750, and A rigid polyurethane foam filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 as a foaming heat insulating material having a self-adhesive intermediary structure material, and foamed in a position facing the control substrate chamber 31 The thickness of the heat insulation material is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulation material as the intermediary structure material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulation material as the intermediary structure material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulation material) is 0.3 or less, that is, if The thickness of the foam insulation material is less than or equal to 11mm (for example, the thickness of the foam insulation material is less than 10mm); the thickness of the foam insulation material / (the thickness of the foam insulation material + the vacuum insulation) The thickness of the hot material) ≦ 0.3 can reduce the wall thickness of the box provided at the position of the control substrate chamber 31, improve the strength of the box and heat insulation performance, and increase the volume in the room (such as a storage room). Refrigerators and machines with high strength and good thermal insulation. In addition, by reducing the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediary material, it is possible to increase the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam. Therefore, even the rigid polyurethane as an intermediary material can be increased. The reduced thickness of the ester foam also improves strength. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is reduced, the box strength can be improved. In addition, if the thickness of the foamed heat insulation material as the intermediary material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulation material as the intermediary material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulation material) is set to 0.3 or less, the presence of the vacuum heat insulation material can be reduced The composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed by the composite structure of 400 and rigid polyurethane foam plastic can improve the heat insulation performance even if the wall thickness is reduced.

In addition, by making the density of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediary material greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediary material is densely formed, thereby increasing its bending. The elastic modulus can suppress the deformation of the control substrate chamber 31. In addition, since the rigid polyurethane foam, which is an intermediary structural material, is densely formed, the fixing strength of the screw or the like can be improved when the rigid polyurethane foam is fixed with the fixing structural material such as a screw.

In addition, if a means for receiving and sending mail is provided, it is installed in the control board room Inside or near 31, it can be received by infrared connection, wireless connection, or wired connection (wire connection, network line connection, LAN connection, USB connection, etc.) and an external device arranged outside the refrigerator 1. Transmitting machine information can transmit the machine information of the refrigerator or receive information from external machines. Therefore, the information of the refrigerator or other machines can be displayed on the refrigerator or mobile terminal or external machine. Device. In addition, it can receive instruction information from the server to control the refrigerator. In addition, you can control other devices from the refrigerator or mobile terminal.

In addition, if a control board room cover is provided in the control board room 31 and a terminal for network connection is provided in the control board room 31 or the control board room cover, the wireless connection can be easily performed after the refrigerator is installed. Devices, such as wireless LAN adapters, WiFi adapters, or wired LANs. Of course, the terminals for network connection are weakly provided on the top wall 740 or the side wall 790, and can be easily connected without problems.

In addition, if at least a part of the covering member (the first air path unit 762) covering the rear surface of the storage room or the second recessed portion 441 has: at least a part forming the air-conditioning air path 760 or at least part of the air-conditioning air path 760 A part of the air passage covering portion and a back covering portion extending from the air passage covering portion in the width direction and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440 are covered with a covering member (the first air passage unit 762 ) Can cover at least a part of the back wall 730 or the convex portion 450, and can improve design and assembly.

In addition, if at least a part of the covering member (the first air path unit 762) covering the rear surface of the storage room or the second recessed portion 441 has: at least a portion forming the air-conditioning air path 760 or at least A part of the air passage covering portion, a back covering portion extending from the air passage covering portion in the width direction and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440, and connected to the back covering portion or formed with the back covering The side cover part that is integral and covers at least a part of the side wall 790 can cover at least a part of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex part 450 by the covering member (the first air path component 762), and Can improve design and assembly.

In addition, if the back cover portion is fixed or fixed to the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440 or the convex portion 450 for installation, or the side cover portion is fixed or fixed to the inner box forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450. 750 for installation, the cover member (the first air path unit 762) can cover at least a part of the back wall 730, the side wall 790, or the convex portion 450, thereby improving designability and assemblability.

In addition, if at least a part of the covering structure (the first air path unit 762) covering the back surface of the storage room has: a wind forming at least a part of the cold air path 760 or a wind covering at least a part of the cold air path 760 A road covering portion, and a back covering portion extending from the air passage covering portion in the width direction (left-right direction or side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a part of the back wall 730 or the recessed portion 440, and connected to the air passage covering portion or the wind The road covering portion is formed integrally and covers at least a part of the partition wall 24 (including the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780) provided in the up-down direction of the back wall 730, and extends from the upper end or the lower end of the back wall 730 to the front opening. The upper and lower wall covering portions can cover at least a part of the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 and the bottom wall 780 by the covering material (the first air path unit 762), thereby improving the design and Assembly.

In addition, if the back cover portion is fixed or fixed to the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 for installation, or the upper and lower wall cover portions are fixed or held in the up-down direction formed on the back wall 730 To install the inner box 750 of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780), the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 can be covered by the covering member (the first air path unit 762). Or at least a part of the bottom wall 780 can improve design and assembly.

1‧‧‧ refrigerator

2‧‧‧ freezer

3‧‧‧ ice making room

4‧‧‧ Switch Room

5‧‧‧ Vegetable Room

6‧‧‧ freezer

7A‧‧‧Freezer door left

7B‧‧‧ Refrigerator door right

8‧‧‧ Ice door door

9‧‧‧ switch room door

10‧‧‧Vegetable Room Door

11‧‧‧Freezer door

60‧‧‧operation panel

Claims (20)

A refrigerator includes a cabinet including an outer contour of a top wall, a back wall, a side wall, and a bottom wall formed by an outer box and an inner box, and a storage room having an opening in front is formed inside the outer wall. A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the outer box and the inner box forming the back wall, the side wall, the top wall, or the bottom wall constituting the storage room; a foamed heat insulating material filled in Between the vacuum insulation material and the inner box; wherein the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum insulation material is more than 20 MPa; if the density of the foamed insulation material is greater than 60 kg / m ³ and the thickness is less than 10 mm, the hair The thickness of the foam insulation material / (thickness of the foamed insulation material + thickness of the vacuum insulation material) is 0.3 or less. According to the refrigerator described in item 1 of the patent application scope, in the cabinet, a recessed portion formed on the back wall forming the storage compartment is formed so as to span the up and down direction of the back wall at the central portion in the width direction of the back wall. And a convex part protruding from the corner of the side wall opposite to the concave part toward the front side with respect to the concave part; provided with an atomizing device provided on the back wall of the storage compartment or a second part different from the storage compartment The storage room supplies water mist to the storage room or the second storage room; and the internal space of the concave portion or the convex portion serves as an air path for supplying water mist to the storage room. A refrigerator includes a cabinet including an outer contour of a top wall, a back wall, a side wall, and a bottom wall formed by an outer box and an inner box, and a storage room having an opening in front is formed inside the outer wall. ; In the case, a recessed portion extending in the up-down direction of the back wall is formed at a central portion in the width direction of the back wall forming the storage room, and a corner portion of the side wall opposite to the recessed portion is formed toward the recessed portion. A convex portion protruding from the front side; a flat vacuum insulation material arranged between the inner box and the outer box at a position opposite to the concave portion, at least in the width direction, the width is greater than the width of the concave portion; A foamed heat insulation material is filled between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulation material in a portion facing the recess; wherein the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulation material is 20 MPa or more; and The thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material is less than 10mm, and the thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material / (thickness of the foamed thermal insulation material + thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material) is 0.3 or less; the inner box, the outer The box and the vacuum heat insulating material are integrally formed by the convex portion. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the vacuum insulation material is disposed at least on the back wall; the vacuum insulation material disposed on the back wall and the side wall is opposite to the back wall and The total projected area of the side wall is more than 70% of the total surface area of the back wall and the side wall. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the volume occupied by the vacuum insulation material relative to the volume of the space between the outer box and the inner box of the box body The ratio is above 40%. The refrigerator according to item 2 or 3 of the scope of patent application, which includes a cooler that generates cold air for cooling the storage room; The recess serves as a cold air path for supplying cold air generated by the cooler to the storage compartment. The refrigerator according to item 2 or 3 of the scope of patent application, which includes a cooler that generates cold air for cooling the storage room; at least two positions on the back wall side in the width direction of the recess are formed to the front side A protruding protrusion; the recess serves as a cold air path for supplying cold air generated by the cooler to the storage compartment. The refrigerator according to item 2 or 3 of the scope of patent application, which includes a cooler that generates cold air for cooling the storage room; at least two positions on the back wall side in the width direction of the recess are formed to the front side The protruding portion protrudes, and a second recessed portion is formed between the protruding portions; the second recessed portion serves as a cold air path for supplying cold air generated by the cooler to the storage compartment. In the refrigerator described in item 7 of the scope of patent application, a lead wire for compressor drive control or a lead wire for temperature control, or a refrigerant pipe constituting a refrigeration cycle is disposed in the protrusion. The refrigerator according to item 6 of the patent application scope, comprising a covering structure covering a part of the back surface of the storage room; the covering structure comprises: forming at least a part of the air-conditioning air path or covering the air-conditioning air A wind path covering portion of at least a part of the road; and a rear side covering portion extending from the air path covering portion in a width direction and covering the rear wall. Refrigerator as described in item 5 of the scope of patent application, The cross-sectional shape of the cold air path is an ellipse shape that is elongated in the width direction. According to the refrigerator described in any one of items 1 to 3 of the scope of patent application, the vacuum insulation material and the outer box are separated from the vacuum insulation material by a second adhesive agent different from the foam insulation material. The hot material is directly adhered to the outer box. According to the refrigerator described in item 2 or 3 of the scope of patent application, the convex portion is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material only in a predetermined length in the width direction. As in the refrigerator described in item 13 of the scope of patent application, the foamed heat insulation material is filled between the vacuum heat insulation material and the inner box forming the convex portion. According to the refrigerator described in any one of items 1 to 3 of the scope of patent application, a lighting device that illuminates the storage room is disposed on the top, bottom, or side of the storage room. A refrigerator includes a cabinet including an outer contour of a top wall, a back wall, a side wall, and a bottom wall formed by an outer box and an inner box, and a storage room having an opening in front is formed inside the outer wall. A cooler for cooling the storage chamber; a control substrate for controlling the cooler, wherein the control substrate is arranged in a control substrate chamber formed on the top surface wall or the back wall; a vacuum heat insulating material, which sets the control substrate chamber And the inner box; a foamed heat-insulating material, which is filled between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner box; wherein the density of the foamed heat-insulating material facing the control substrate chamber is greater than 60 kg / m ³ and the thickness is less than 10 mm, and the thickness / (thickness of the foamed heat insulation material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulation material) of the foamed heat insulating material is 0.3 or less. The refrigerator according to item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein the vacuum insulation material is disposed at least on the back wall; the vacuum insulation material disposed on the back wall and the side wall has a projection area of the back wall and the side wall The sum is more than 70% of the total surface area of the back wall and the side wall. The refrigerator according to item 16 or 17 of the scope of patent application, wherein the ratio of the volume occupied by the vacuum insulation material to the volume of the space between the outer box and the inner box of the body is 40% or more . The refrigerator according to item 1, 3 or 16 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the foamed heat insulation material is a rigid polyurethane foam. According to the refrigerator described in claims 1, 3 or 16, the filling opening of the foamed heat insulation material is provided in the outer box, and the vacuum insulation material is arranged so as not to block the filling opening.